152
Teaching and Assessment Guide CRACKING COMPREHENSION Year 1 Kate Ruttle

CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Teaching and Assessment Guide

CRACKING COMPREHENSION

Year 1

Kate Ruttle

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 1 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 2: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

ContentsHow to use this resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Introduction to Cracking Comprehension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

LOOK AND LISTEN

Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page

1 Teaching text The Gingerbread Man 8

Practice text The Three Billy Goats Gruff 13

2 Teaching text Sam and Misty 15

Practice text Cat and Mouse 19

3 Teaching text Very Little Rapunzel – Teresa Heapy 22

Practice text Bal Puts His Shoes On – Zoe Clarke 27

BOOK BAND RED

Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page

4 Teaching text Zack’s Moon 30

Practice text Tess’s Pool 34

5 Teaching text The Farmyard 37

Practice text Tim’s Van 41

6 Teaching text What Can You See by the Sea? – Lou Kuenzler 45

Practice text How Does It Feel? – Simon Mugford 49

BOOK BAND YELLOW

Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page

7 Teaching text The Sick Dragon 52

Practice text Skip and the Shark 56

8 Teaching text The Sun and the Stars 61

Practice text Men on the Moon 65

9 Teaching text Night Travels – Joe Berger 69

Practice text Goldilocks and the Three Bears – Abigail Flint 73

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 2 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 3: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

BOOK BAND BLUE

Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page

10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77

Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

11 Teaching text My Big Band – Tony Mitton 85

Practice text There’s a Wise Old Owl – Anonymous 89

BOOK BAND GREEN

Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page

12 Teaching text Minibeasts in the Garden or Park 93

Practice text Minibeasts in the Pond 97

13 Teaching text Lion’s Lunch 101

Practice text The Lion and the Mouse 105

14 Teaching text New Clothes for Alex – Mary Dickinson 109

Practice text A Bun for Barney – Joyce Dunbar 113

15 Teaching text Forest School – Ciaran Murtagh 117

Practice text Summer Coat, Winter Coat – Zoe Clarke 121

ASSESSMENT TASKS

Task A: Farm Animals 126

Task B: Martha’s Night 132

Task C: Are You New To Newts? 138

Answers to Assessment Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Content domain coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

l The Interactive Modelling Software

l All teaching notes

l Teaching text questions

l Progress Task sheets for all Assessment Tasks

Don’t forget to log on to My Rising Stars to access:

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 3 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 4: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

4 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

In all of the units, the process of using the Practice text exactly mirrors that of the Teaching text. This is so that the children are more familiar with expectations in the Practice text and can therefore work a little more independently. The pace will always be controlled by the teacher, who moves the group or class on to the next question together.

1 Revisit the key strategies taught using the Teaching text, and then distribute photocopies of the Practice text, for children to practise answering the questions, applying the strategies taught. (These can be found in the home screen of the Interactive Modelling Software online, or photocopied from the Teacher’s Guide.)

Read each question aloud, and allow children time to answer before moving on to the next. Less-confident children might benefit from either working in pairs or revisiting the more familiar Teaching text, before working more independently.

1 In the Question zap tab, click on the first question to open it. Read it aloud.

2 Zap the question: Teach children how to interpret the question:

“What is being asked?”

“What steps might you take to answer this question?”

Use the on-screen tools to highlight key words in the question. Answers and strategies are supplied in the Teacher’s Guide.

3 Teach children to identify parts of the image, words, or sentences that may be useful in answering the question. On the Search tab, use the on-screen tools to highlight parts of the picture or text. The children can use the scissors tool to ‘cut’ these out. Click ‘Copy to Crack it’ to transfer this picture or text to the evidence section of ‘Crack it’.

4 In the Crack it tab, use the copied picture or text in the ‘evidence’ section to write or orally compose an answer.

This can be run either as a whole-class, or with an adult-led group.

1 Introduce the unit by sharing the ‘Key text features’.

2 Click on the Look tab in the Interactive Modelling Software to access the ‘teaching texts’. The initial ‘teaching texts’ are picture based. Later units have text with audio. In both cases, the Listening comprehension questions are shown on the first screen.

How to use this resourceIntroduce, Listen and Read

Model

Practise and ApplyUnit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 19

1 2

Cat and Mouse

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 19

2/28/19 11:00 AM

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

21

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Prac

tice

text

: Cat

and

Mou

se

Crac

king

the

ques

tions

Que

stio

nAn

swer

Focu

sSt

rate

gy

1.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou c

ut o

ut a

nd

stic

k on

the

big

num

ber 1

?C.

Mou

se ru

nnin

g aw

ay. N

o ch

eese

in m

outh

.1e

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

pred

ict w

hat m

ight

hap

pen

on th

e ba

sis o

f wha

t has

bee

n re

ad

so fa

r.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

firs

t tw

o pi

ctur

es.

• th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

cat

is d

oing

and

wha

t the

mou

se is

doi

ng.

• lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

in th

e m

iddl

e ro

w a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

one

fits

bes

t.

2.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou c

ut o

ut a

nd

stic

k on

the

big

num

ber 2

?A.

Mou

se ru

nnin

g ba

ck to

hol

e w

ith c

hees

e.1e

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

pred

ict w

hat m

ight

hap

pen

on th

e ba

sis o

f wha

t has

bee

n re

ad

so fa

r.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

firs

t tw

o pi

ctur

es in

the

bott

om ro

w.

• th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

cat

is d

oing

and

wha

t the

mou

se is

doi

ng.

• lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

in th

e m

iddl

e ro

w a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

one

fits

bes

t.

3.

Why

is th

e ca

t lyi

ng ju

st w

here

he

is

lyin

g?H

e is

gua

rdin

g th

e m

ouse

hol

e/st

oppi

ng th

e m

ouse

from

com

ing 

out.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

• lo

ok c

aref

ully

at t

he p

ictu

res.

• th

ink

abou

t the

ord

er o

f act

ions

in th

e st

ory.

• th

ink

of re

ason

s w

hy a

cat

mig

ht li

e ou

tsid

e a

mou

se h

ole.

4.

Why

doe

s th

e m

ouse

ste

p ve

ry

quie

tly a

roun

d th

e sle

epin

g ca

t?H

e do

esn’

t wan

t to

wak

e it.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

• lo

ok c

aref

ully

to a

t the

pic

ture

s.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

thin

k of

reas

ons

why

a m

ouse

mig

ht s

tep

care

fully

aro

und

a sle

epin

g ca

t.

5.

Why

did

the

mou

se lo

ok s

hock

ed

whe

n it

saw

the

cat’

s ea

rs c

omin

g up

to th

e ta

ble?

He

knew

he

was

goi

ng to

hav

e to

esc

ape

with

hi

s ch

eese

.1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

pic

ture

s.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

thin

k of

reas

ons

why

the

mou

se m

ight

look

sho

cked

.

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 21

2/28/19 11:01 AM

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 4 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 5: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 5

Children can extend their learning, either through writing (see Moving into writing) or through developing further reading pathways (see Extending reading). Brief suggestions for both of these routes are included in each unit of the Teacher’s Guide. It is anticipated you will use your professional understanding of effective ways to teach reading and writing if you follow the suggestions.

Termly assessment tasks allow you to monitor children’s progress. Introduce the assessment tasks and explain and model what you want the children to do.

1 Provide each child with a question sheet.

2 Read each question/instruction aloud and give children the opportunity to read the text and record their answer.

3 Allow oral responses when they enable you to assess comprehension separately from accuracy or from writing.

Extend

Assess

16 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Reading the Practice text: Cat and Mouse

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 19 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the title of the text: Cat and Mouse. What do the children know about cats and mice? What are their expectations of the text?

l Show them the cartoon strips. Do they think that their expectations are correct?

l Together, create a shared oral text about the first two pictures before the children begin their task.

l The children should look at the first story and decide which picture goes into the empty place. They can then cut and stick the picture in place if they have individual copies. (If working on paper, the children will need access to scissors and glue in order to answer the first two questions. All other questions should be answered orally.)

l They can then do the same with the second part of the story.

l Ask the children to tell the story in the pictures to a friend. Sample their storytelling to check that they are able to link the pictures.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why might the mouse want to come out of the mouse hole?

l Why does the mouse run away when she thinks the cat has seen her?

l Do you think the cat was really sleeping?

l What do you think happens next?

l How do you think the story finishes?

Moving into writing

l Listen again to the story of Sam and Misty.

l Ask the children to pretend they are dogs like Misty. Can they show you – just using their faces and their hands – what Misty would look like when she thought Sam was going to take her for a walk? When she saw that there was a space on the sofa beside Sam? When Sam pointed to her basket? When Sam came to the door? When Sam didn’t pay her any attention?

l Revisit the same scenarios, but now ask the children to give you words. Write the children’s suggestions of happy and sad words in two columns as a word bank.

l Ask pairs of children to choose either the first three pictures or the second three pictures.

l Within their pairs, ask the children to retell the story of their pictures. Let both children in the pair tell the story. Encourage their response partner to suggest new details or information they could add. Remind them to add information about how Misty felt.

l Ask the children to write the part of the story that tells about their three pictures.

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 16 2/28/19 11:01 AM

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 17

Listening Comprehension: Questions and AnswersUse the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the script.

Q1: Is Sam a dog or a man?

A1: A man

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio again to hear the opening of the story and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to their question. Accept sensible answers that are rooted in the audio, e.g. that Sam makes a decision; that Misty is not a man’s name; that it tells us that Misty is a dog.

Q2: What kind of morning did Misty want?

A2: A busy morning

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Can they tell you the words in the audio that give them the information?

Q3: Why do you think Misty is carrying her lead around?

A3: She needs her lead to go for a walk.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the second part of the story and to think about their experience/knowledge of dogs and walks. Explain that they sometimes will need to use their knowledge of the world to answer some questions and, if there isn’t an answer in the text itself, then they should use what they know anyway.

Rosie’s Walk – Pat Hutchins

A Bear-y Tale – Anthony Browne

A Ball for Daisy – Chris Raschka

Extending reading

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 17 2/28/19 11:01 AM

126 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Assessment Task A

Farm Animals

Teacher notes: Assessment Task A

Use the information below to identify whether each child is working at the expected standard for Year 1 Term 1.

Children working at this standard should:

l be secure when reading words using Letter and Sounds phase 2 and 3 digraphs and trigraphs

l be reading Yellow Book Banded reading books (or higher)

l be confident enough with reading the words that they can begin to pay attention to the meaning

l have experiences of reading books with a range of purposes (including stories and non-fiction) and written in

a range of styles.

Assessment guidance

Typically, children working at the expected standard will:

l know that some texts tell stories and others give information

l answer questions about the information on a page

l answer ‘how’ and ‘why’ questions when the answer is clear

l use the title of a non-fiction text to make predictions of what it might be about.

Use the list below to identify the content domains that the children are working on in this task.

identify/ explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts such as characters, events, titles

and information

1b

predict what might happen on the basis of what has happened so far 1e

Introducing the text

Tell the children they are going to read some information about farm animals.

l Discuss whether they think this text will be a story. Talk about their expectations. Ensure they understand

what “information” means and how it is different from a story.

– Children who are working below the expected standard may need more experience of reading and looking

at fiction and non-fiction books.

– Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to talk about text

features they might expect in a non-fiction text.

l Think, pair, share experiences and knowledge about farm animals.

l Together, make a list of farm animals. Ask the children to name four animals they think might be in a text

about farm animals.

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 126

2/28/19 11:13 AM

130 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

Read the text, then answer the questions.1 This is a . Draw lines from the label to the part of the animal.

2 Tick the animal that has wool for its coat.

3 Tick the animal that has an udder.

beard

horn

hoof

Name:

Date:

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 130

2/28/19 11:04 AM

2 Display the Practice text tab in the Interactive Modelling Software. Use the strategies suggested in the Teacher’s Guide to mark and discuss the children’s answers. You may want to let children mark their own work, although you will want to monitor their answers as part of your ongoing assessment procedures.

As children begin working with increasing independence, you can move on to select more texts in other Cracking Comprehension Year 1 units, or well-known class stories that give additional opportunities to practise the skills and strategies that children found most challenging.

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 5 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 6: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

6 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Introduction to Cracking Comprehensionn What is Cracking Comprehension?Cracking Comprehension Year 1 will gradually help children to develop the techniques to answer the types of questions asked in the Key Stage 1 national test for reading at the end of Year 2.

Cracking Comprehension offers a complete teaching and learning package to ensure all children make progress through:

● whole-class or group teaching, modelling and practice

● small-group practice, working with a greater degree of independence and familiarity

● individual formative assessment online and in the classroom.

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 comprises both this teacher’s guide, and online access to Interactive Modelling Software and printable resources on My Rising Stars at www.risingstars-uk.com. The different components interweave.

The teacher’s guide provides photocopiable teaching and practice texts, teaching notes and assessment tasks.

The online access at My Rising Stars provides interactive tools and pupil quizzes for modelling and practice. The Interactive Modelling Software helps teachers and children model key reading skills, and can be followed by the pupil quizzes, when children can practise the skills acquired independently, at home or in small working groups. The online pupil quizzes can be used to track and monitor progress, using the reporting and progress area.

Between them, these components provide you with everything you need for weekly or bi-weekly comprehension lessons.

n Cracking Comprehension and the National Curriculum for English

The progression and structured development of the texts means that Cracking Comprehension Year 1 addresses all of the statements in the National Curriculum reading section 1 – word reading. The main focus, however, is the reading section 2 – comprehension.

The Year 1 texts create the foundation from which children can progress towards the end-of-Year 2 national tests by explicitly teaching and modelling the comprehension skills needed. The references included on page 146 are those used to identify different

‘content domains’ of reading in the Y2 national tests together with the NC objectives.

n What’s in it?Cracking Comprehension Year 1 offers 15 comprehension teaching units and three assessment tasks which address and develop different skills needed for reading.

At this level, the texts children access for comprehension should be slightly easier than those they can decode independently. For this reason, the texts here are carefully organised according to growth in decoding ability (please see the units table on page 146 for reference).

The texts within the first two units do not anticipate that the children will read, but do expect that they are familiar with books and stories. The intention is that we initially separate and teach comprehension skills to enable children to:

● Engage with, and understand, the text.

● Understand questions and identify the information needed.

● Match what they hear with what they can see or read.

● Follow instructions as to how to respond to questions.

In Unit 2, the expectation increases as children also need to:

● Recognise that a sequence of images can show events in a story, rather than each image representing a separate story.

● Demonstrate their understanding of story structure by predicting the most appropriate ending to the story.

In Unit 3, children are expected to read speech bubbles with which they are familiar. From Unit 4 the Book Band level at which they are doing comprehension activities should be easier than their independent and guided reading levels. Units 4–15 gradually teach and extend the skills needed to demonstrate reading comprehension.

By using this structured progression, we can gradually prepare children not just to understand what they are reading, but also to demonstrate their understanding through written answers to comprehension questions. Three optional assessment activities at the back of the book support you in determining whether children are on track to meet expected standards by the end of Year 1.

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 6 07/03/19 9:32 PM

Page 7: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 7

Introduction to Cracking Comprehension

Listening comprehension

All texts have suggested listening comprehension questions that enable you to probe more deeply into the children’s understandings of the text. These questions have three key functions:

● to develop vocabulary, since it is widely accepted that one of the biggest barriers to good comprehension is limited vocabulary;

● to develop the comprehension skills that children will need to call upon;

● to encourage discussion around the text, exploring ideas which are beyond the children’s ability to read or record.

By using this structured progression, we can gradually prepare children not just to understand what they are reading, but also to demonstrate their understanding through written answers to comprehension questions.

n How do I use the teaching units?The pathway through each Cracking Comprehension Year 1 unit is flexible, according to the specific needs of you and your children. (See the How to use this resource on pages 4–5 for a suggested learning pathway.) Whether you choose to teach a comprehension lesson every day for a week, weekly over a half-term or for a focused half day per half-term is your choice.

n How do I use the Assessment Tasks?There are three assessment tasks, all aimed at children in year 1 or in the early stages of reading with comprehension. The tasks provide a range of Assessment for Learning activities to give you some more objective understanding of how the children perform at an isolated task.

The tasks are intended to be used as follows:

● Task A, after Unit 5, at the end of Y1 term 1. It assumes secure knowledge of Letters and Sounds phase 3 graphemes.

● Task B, after Unit 10, at the end of Y1, term 2. It assumes secure knowledge of phase 3 and 4 graphemes and developing familiarity with phase 5

(new ways of pronouncing familiar graphemes and new ways of representing familiar phonemes).

● Task C, after Unit 15, at the end of Y1 term 3. It assumes secure knowledge of phase 5.

The tasks are not tests and are not intended to be carried out in test conditions. They are written for use with a whole class or with small groups of children.

Running the tasks

Each of the tasks comes with its own teacher notes which offer advice for each of the stages. The tasks all follow the same format:

● Introducing the text. This is intended to stimulate the children’s interest and to engage prior knowledge. This is always a discursive activity.

● Reading the text. It is recommended that you begin with shared reading – this task is not primarily intended to test decoding. Distribute sufficient copies of the text so that all children can see it. Children need to be able to read the text without engaging all of their cognitive capacity, or they have nothing in reserve to spend on understanding the text. Reading the text together takes away the anxiety children may have about tricky words and initially introduces them to the language and expectation of the text.

● Talking about the text. If you set up the task with a shared conversation, children’s confidence in the written task will increase. Questions are suggested to ensure that you model skills for finding answers to questions rather than rehearsing answers to the questions the children will be asked.

● Answering the written questions. At this point, ensure that each child has a copy of the text and a copy of the question sheet. The format used for these question sheets is similar to the format used for the related unit so should not be too alarming for the children.

In each of the unit descriptions, indicative behaviours are suggested for children who are working at or below the standards which indicate whether or not the child is on track to meet expected standards at the end of the year. If the outcomes of the assessment reinforce other concerns you have, raise them with your school SENDCO.

452572_FM_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 7 07/03/19 9:32 PM

Page 8: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• LOOK AND LISTEN

8 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 1LOOK AND

LISTEN

The Gingerbread Man/The Three Billy Goats Gruff

Key text features

Both ‘texts’ are pictures that depict a key incident from a familiar story.

l The Teaching text is a picture of the Gingerbread Man arriving at the river, pursued by a line of people and creatures.

l The Practice text is a picture of the Troll arriving on the bridge to confront Big Billy Goat Gruff.

Reading the Teaching text: The Gingerbread Man

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children which story this picture is about. [The Gingerbread Man] Listen to the audio retelling of the story. Work through the listening comprehension questions. These can also be found on page 11.

l Ask the children: can you tell me the names of all of the people and animals that are chasing the Gingerbread Man in this picture? [Little Old Woman, cat, dog, Little Old Man, horse, sheep] And what’s that in the doorway? Oh yes, it’s a … [hen/chicken]

l Read the teacher’s script below aloud to the children. Some of what you read out will be incorrect. The children should mark/cross the parts of the picture (or on screen) to show which bits are wrong. Read slowly, giving them time to mark their picture. Do not read the words in square brackets. These are only there to help you.

Teacher’s Script

I’m going to tell you some things about the picture, but I can’t see your picture and some of the things I say might be wrong. If I say something and you think it’s wrong, I want you to put a cross on the thing that’s wrong.

Let’s try.

The Gingerbread Man is running away. He’s being chased by a lot of people and animals. But one of the animals isn’t chasing. She’s watching from the farmhouse door. She’s a mouse.

Did I say something wrong? Yes – it’s not a mouse. It’s a hen. Did you put a cross on the hen? Show me. Remember, you don’t have to say anything if I make a mistake, you just have to draw a cross on the thing I get wrong.

The Gingerbread Man is running away. Behind him, there’s a Little Old Woman, and behind her there’s a white and ginger badger. [cat]

The Little Old Man is number five in the line, and in front of him there’s a cow. [dog]

The last of the animals chasing the Gingerbread Man is a giraffe. [sheep]

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 8 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 9: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 9

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Just behind the Gingerbread Man is a Little Old Woman. She’s looking very happy. [sad/cross]

Oh no. The Gingerbread Man has a problem. He can’t run any further because there’s a busy road [river] in front of him.

But he’s not too worried. He can see a rabbit [fox] in front of him. She’ll help him to get across.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What happened next? Can anyone tell me how the story ends?

l What do you think the fox is thinking now? How do you know?

Reading the Practice text: The Three Billy Goats Gruff

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 13 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Ask the following questions:– Which story is this picture about? [The Three Billy Goats Gruff ]– Can you tell me the names of all of the animals in the picture? [Troll, Little Billy Goat

Gruff, Middle Sized Billy Goat Gruff and Big Billy Goat Gruff ]– Which smaller creatures can you see? [frogs, snails, birds, fish]

l Read the script below aloud to the children. Read slowly, giving them time to mark their picture. Don’t read the words in square brackets. These are only there to help you.

Teacher’s Script

I’m going to tell you some things about the picture, but I can’t see your picture and some of the things I say might be wrong. If I say something and you think it’s wrong, I want you to put a cross on the thing that’s wrong.

Let’s try.

Lots of little animals have come to see what’s happening. A family of cats is sitting on the bridge.

Did I say something wrong? Yes – it’s not a family of cats. It’s a family of snails. Did you put a cross on the snails? Show me.

Now listen carefully. You don’t have to say anything if I make a mistake, you just have to draw a cross on the thing I get wrong.

Two of the Billy Goats have already crossed the bridge. They are lying down and having a sleep [standing up/watching/eating].

The bridge goes over a busy road [river].

Near the two Billy Goats who have crossed the bridge, there is a group of five [two] birds. One is watching to see what happens.

A fierce tiger [troll] is climbing onto the bridge. It has sharp teeth, claws and three hairs [two long horns] on its head.

Sitting beside Big Billy Goat Gruff are some penguins [frogs]. They usually live in the river, but they have come out to see what’s going on too.

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 9 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 10: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

10 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Big Billy Goat Gruff is about to walk across the bridge. What happens next?

l Can anyone tell me how the story ends?

Moving into writing

l Listen again to the audio recording of The Gingerbread Man while the children look at their pictures.

l Let the children work in pairs. Each child should use their picture to retell part of the story to their response partner.

l Show children the names of the Gingerbread Man and the Fox.

l Let the children work with their response partner to role-play a more extended dialogue between the Gingerbread Man and the Fox. Give both children the opportunity to try out both parts.

l Show the children a speech bubble. If the Gingerbread Man were speaking, what is the most important thing he would say to the Fox? If the Fox were speaking, what is the most important thing he would say to the Gingerbread Man?

l Create a shared word bank of key words that children might need support with spelling.

l Give children speech bubbles to write their ideas in.

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 10 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 11: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 11

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Who made the Gingerbread Man?

A1: The Little Old Woman

Strategy: The children may know the answer from their own experience of the story. Ask them to listen again to the opening of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question, which begins with the word ‘Who’. Ask them whether it would be sensible to suggest a place or a time in answer to that question. Identify the fact that the question word ‘Who’ needs a person or character as the answer.

Q2: What did she use for his eyes?

A2: Currants

Strategy: The children may know the answer from their own experience of the story. Ask them to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question, which begins with the word ‘What’. Ask them whether it would be sensible to suggest a person or a time in answer to that question. Identify the fact that the question word ‘What’ needs a thing as the answer.

Q3: Where did the Gingerbread Man meet the Fox?

A3: At the river

Strategy: The children may know the answer from their own experience of the story. Ask them to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question, which begins with the word ‘Where’. Ask them whether it would be sensible to suggest a person or a time in answer to that question. Identify the fact that the question word ‘Where’ needs a place as the answer.

Retellings of The Gingerbread Man and The Three Billy Goats Gruff

Each Peach Pear Plum – Janet and Allen Ahlberg

Mixed Up Fairy Tales – Hilary Robinson and Nick Sharratt

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the script.

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 11 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 12: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

12 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Teac

hing

text

: The

Gin

gerb

read

Man

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Th

e G

inge

rbre

ad M

an is

runn

ing

away

. Beh

ind

him

, the

re’s

the

Litt

le O

ld W

oman

, and

beh

ind

her t

here

’s a

whi

te a

nd g

inge

r bad

ger.

badg

er c

at1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

use

your

eye

s or

fing

ers

to p

oint

to e

ach

of th

e c

hara

cter

s as

they

are

men

tione

d.•

cros

s ou

t any

cha

ract

er th

at is

wro

ng in

the

scrip

t.Ch

eck

child

ren

unde

rsta

nd th

e w

ord

‘beh

ind’

.

2.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Th

e Li

ttle

Old

Man

is n

umbe

r five

in th

e lin

e,

and

in fr

ont o

f him

ther

e’s

a co

w.

cow

dog

1a 1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s; id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ch

eck

ever

ythi

ng th

at is

read

out

: is

the

Litt

le O

ld M

an re

ally

num

ber fi

ve?

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

ds ‘i

n fr

ont’

.

3.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Th

e la

st o

f the

ani

mal

s ch

asin

g th

e G

inge

rbre

ad M

an is

a g

iraff

e.

gira

ffe

chic

ken

1a 1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s; id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lis

ten

care

fully

to th

e st

ory.

•ch

eck

whe

ther

the

scrip

t was

righ

t.Ch

eck

child

ren

unde

rsta

nd th

e w

ord

‘last

’.

4.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Ju

st b

ehin

d th

e G

inge

rbre

ad M

an is

a L

ittle

O

ld W

oman

. She

’s lo

okin

g ve

ry h

appy

.

happ

y sa

d/cr

oss

1a 1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s; id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lis

ten

care

fully

to th

e st

ory.

•ch

eck

whe

ther

the

desc

riptio

n is

true

for t

he p

ictu

re.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

ds ‘b

ehin

d’.

5.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

O

h no

. The

Gin

gerb

read

Man

has

a p

robl

em.

He

can’

t run

any

furt

her b

ecau

se th

ere’

s a

busy

road

in fr

ont o

f him

.

road

rive

r1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

thin

k ab

out t

he tw

o pi

eces

of i

nfor

mat

ion:

(a) b

usy

and

(b) r

oad.

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s th

e m

ost i

mpo

rtan

t thi

ng th

at m

ight

be

wro

ng.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

ds ‘i

n fr

ont’

.

6.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Bu

t he’

s no

t too

wor

ried.

He

can

see

a ra

bbit

in fr

ont o

f him

. She

’ll h

elp

him

to g

et a

cros

s.

rabb

it fo

x1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t he

saw

and

wha

t mig

ht h

appe

n ne

xt.

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 12 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 13: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 13

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

The Three Billy Goats Gruff

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 13 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 14: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

14 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 1 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Prac

tice

text

: The

Thr

ee B

illy

Goa

ts G

ruff

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Tw

o of

the

Billy

Goa

ts h

ave

alre

ady

cros

sed

the

brid

ge. T

hey

are

lyin

g do

wn

and

havi

ng a

sle

ep.

sleep

sta

ndin

g up

/wat

chin

g/ea

ting

1a 1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s; id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lis

ten

care

fully

to th

e st

ory.

•us

e yo

ur e

yes

or fi

nger

s to

poi

nt to

eac

h of

the

char

acte

rs m

entio

ned.

•cr

oss

out a

ny c

hara

cter

that

is w

rong

in th

e sc

ript.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

d ‘a

lread

y’.

2.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Th

e br

idge

goe

s ov

er a

bus

y ro

ad.

road

rive

r1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

thin

k ab

out t

he tw

o pi

eces

of i

nfor

mat

ion:

(a) b

usy

and

(b) r

oad.

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s th

e m

ost i

mpo

rtan

t thi

ng th

at m

ight

be

wro

ng.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

d ‘o

ver’

.

3.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

N

ear t

he tw

o Bi

lly G

oats

who

hav

e cr

osse

d th

e br

idge

, the

re is

a g

roup

of fi

ve b

irds.

They

’re

wat

chin

g to

see

wha

t hap

pens

.

five

two

1a 1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s; id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lis

ten

care

fully

to th

e st

ory.

•ch

eck

whe

ther

the

desc

riptio

n is

true

for t

he p

ictu

re.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

d ‘n

ear’

.

4.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

A

fierc

e tig

er is

clim

bing

ont

o th

e br

idge

.

tiger

trol

l1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

thin

k ab

out t

he tw

o pi

eces

of i

nfor

mat

ion:

(a) fi

erce

and

(b) t

iger

. •

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s th

e m

ost i

mpo

rtan

t thi

ng th

at m

ight

be

wro

ng.

Chec

k ch

ildre

n un

ders

tand

the

wor

d ‘o

nto’

.

5.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

It

has

sha

rp te

eth,

cla

ws

and

thre

e ha

irs o

n its

hea

d.

thre

e lo

ng h

airs

two

long

hor

ns1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

chec

k w

heth

er th

e de

scrip

tion

is tr

ue fo

r the

pic

ture

.Ch

eck

child

ren

unde

rsta

nd th

e w

ords

‘cla

ws’

and

‘hor

ns’.

6.

List

en c

aref

ully

. Wha

t is w

rong

with

my

sent

ence

? Pu

t a c

ross

on

the

pict

ure

to sh

ow m

e.

Si

ttin

g be

side

Big

Billy

Goa

t Gru

ff a

re so

me

peng

uins

. The

y us

ually

live

in th

e riv

er, b

ut th

ey

have

com

e ou

t to

see

wha

t’s g

oing

on

too.

peng

uins

frog

s1a 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts;

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

chec

k w

heth

er th

e de

scrip

tion

is tr

ue fo

r the

pic

ture

.Ch

eck

child

ren

unde

rsta

nd th

e w

ord

‘usu

ally

’.

452572_U1_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 14 06/03/19 5:07 PM

Page 15: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 15

Unit 1FICTION

Unit 2LOOK AND

LISTEN

Key text features

l The ‘texts’ are both strip cartoons that are divided into sets of three pictures. The third picture of each strip is missing and the children have to select the appropriate picture from a choice of three.

l The Teaching text is Sam and Misty.

l The Practice text is Cat and Mouse.

Reading the Teaching text: Sam and Misty

l Introduce the text by letting the children listen to the audio while they look at the pictures. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

l Talk about the big numbers. What do they think happens in that space? Explain that they will have to choose a picture which fits on the number.

l Talk about how they should choose a picture. Discuss the fact that the picture should show what happens next.

l Access the Teaching text on the Interactive Modelling Software or download individual versions that the children can work from. The children should look at the first story and decide which picture goes into the empty place. They can drag and drop the image or stick the picture in place if they have individual copies. (If working on paper, the children will need access to scissors and glue in order to answer the first two questions. All other questions should be answered orally.) They can then do the same with the second part of the story.

l Ask the children to tell the story in the pictures to a friend. Sample their storytelling to check that they are able to link the pictures.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What time of day is it? Could it be any other time?

l Why do you think the dog has its lead in its mouth? What does it want?

l How does the man feel? What has the dog done? Where should the dog be?

l What do you think happens next?

l How do you think this story finishes?

l What does Sam want to do now? What does Misty want to do now?

l Who do you think will get what they want? Why do you think that?

l Do you think Misty will be allowed to go for her walk after breakfast?

Sam and Misty/Cat and Mouse

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 15 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 16: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

16 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Reading the Practice text: Cat and Mouse

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 19 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the title of the text: Cat and Mouse. What do the children know about cats and mice? What are their expectations of the text?

l Show them the cartoon strips. Do they think that their expectations are correct?

l Together, create a shared oral text about the first two pictures before the children begin their task.

l The children should look at the first story and decide which picture goes into the empty place. They can then cut and stick the picture in place if they have individual copies. (If working on paper, the children will need access to scissors and glue in order to answer the first two questions. All other questions should be answered orally.)

l They can then do the same with the second part of the story.

l Ask the children to tell the story in the pictures to a friend. Sample their storytelling to check that they are able to link the pictures.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why might the mouse want to come out of the mouse hole?

l Why does the mouse run away when she thinks the cat has seen her?

l Do you think the cat was really sleeping?

l What do you think happens next?

l How do you think the story finishes?

Moving into writing

l Listen again to the story of Sam and Misty.

l Ask the children to pretend they are dogs like Misty. Can they show you – just using their faces and their hands – what Misty would look like when she thought Sam was going to take her for a walk? When she saw that there was a space on the sofa beside Sam? When Sam pointed to her basket? When Sam came to the door? When Sam didn’t pay her any attention?

l Revisit the same scenarios, but now ask the children to give you words. Write the children’s suggestions of happy and sad words in two columns as a word bank.

l Ask pairs of children to choose either the first three pictures or the second three pictures.

l Within their pairs, ask the children to retell the story of their pictures. Let both children in the pair tell the story. Encourage their response partner to suggest new details or information they could add. Remind them to add information about how Misty felt.

l Ask the children to write the part of the story that tells about their three pictures.

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 16 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 17: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 17

Listening Comprehension: Questions and AnswersUse the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the script.

Q1: Is Sam a dog or a man?

A1: A man

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio again to hear the opening of the story and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to their question. Accept sensible answers that are rooted in the audio, e.g. that Sam makes a decision; that Misty is not a man’s name; that it tells us that Misty is a dog.

Q2: What kind of morning did Misty want?

A2: A busy morning

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Can they tell you the words in the audio that give them the information?

Q3: Why do you think Misty is carrying her lead around?

A3: She needs her lead to go for a walk.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the second part of the story and to think about their experience/knowledge of dogs and walks. Explain that they sometimes will need to use their knowledge of the world to answer some questions and, if there isn’t an answer in the text itself, then they should use what they know anyway.

Rosie’s Walk – Pat Hutchins

A Bear-y Tale – Anthony Browne

A Ball for Daisy – Chris Raschka

Extending reading

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 17 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 18: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

18 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Teac

hing

text

: Sam

and

Mis

ty

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou p

ut o

n th

e bi

g nu

mbe

r 1?

B. M

isty

is in

her

bas

ket.

1eQ

uest

ion

focu

s: pr

edic

t wha

t mig

ht h

appe

n on

the

basi

s of w

hat h

as b

een

read

so

far.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok c

aref

ully

at t

he fi

rst t

wo

pict

ures

.•

thin

k ab

out w

hat t

he m

an is

doi

ng a

nd w

hat h

e ha

s to

ld th

e do

g to

do.

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

and

dec

ide

whi

ch o

ne fi

ts b

est.

2.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou p

ut o

n th

e bi

g nu

mbe

r 2?

A. M

isty

is s

tand

ing

by th

e fr

ont d

oor.

1eQ

uest

ion

focu

s: pr

edic

t wha

t mig

ht h

appe

n on

the

basi

s of w

hat h

as b

een

read

so

far.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok c

aref

ully

at t

he fi

rst t

wo

pict

ures

in th

e bo

ttom

row

.•

thin

k ab

out w

hat t

he m

an is

doi

ng a

nd w

hat t

he d

og is

doi

ng.

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

and

dec

ide

whi

ch o

ne fi

ts b

est.

3.

Wha

t tim

e of

day

doe

s th

is s

tory

ta

ke p

lace

?

H

ow d

o yo

u kn

ow?

mor

ning

•Th

e m

an is

stil

l wea

ring

his

bedc

loth

es.

•H

e is

read

ing

the

pape

r and

his

pos

t.•

The

audi

o te

lls y

ou.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lis

ten

care

fully

to th

e st

ory.

•lo

ok c

aref

ully

at t

he p

ictu

res.

Wha

t clu

es c

an y

ou s

ee a

bout

wha

t tim

e of

da

y it

is?

4.

Why

doe

s M

isty

jum

p up

ont

o th

e so

fa?

to g

et S

am’s

att

entio

n1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

thin

k of

reas

ons

why

a d

og m

ight

brin

g th

eir l

ead.

5.

Why

was

Mis

ty h

appy

whe

n sh

e w

as n

ear t

he fr

ont d

oor a

nd S

am

cam

e to

her

?

She

thou

ght h

e w

as g

oing

to ta

ke h

er fo

r a

wal

k.1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

liste

n ca

refu

lly to

the

stor

y.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

look

at M

isty

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat s

he w

ants

to h

appe

n ne

xt.

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 18 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 19: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 19

1 2

Cat and Mouse

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 19 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 20: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

20 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Listening Practice QuestionsThe following practice questions can be asked by you and answered by the children as part of a listening comprehension exercise.

1. Which picture will you cut out and stick on the big number 1?

2. Which picture will you cut out and stick on the big number 2?

3. Why is the cat lying just where he is lying?

4. Why does the mouse step very quietly around the sleeping cat?

5. Why did the mouse look shocked when it saw the cat’s ears coming up to the table?

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 20 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 21: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 21

Unit 2 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Prac

tice

text

: Cat

and

Mou

se

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou c

ut o

ut a

nd

stic

k on

the

big

num

ber 1

?C.

Mou

se ru

nnin

g aw

ay. N

o ch

eese

in m

outh

.1e

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

pred

ict w

hat m

ight

hap

pen

on th

e ba

sis o

f wha

t has

bee

n re

ad

so fa

r.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

firs

t tw

o pi

ctur

es.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

cat

is d

oing

and

wha

t the

mou

se is

doi

ng.

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

in th

e m

iddl

e ro

w a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

one

fits

bes

t.

2.

Whi

ch p

ictu

re w

ill y

ou c

ut o

ut a

nd

stic

k on

the

big

num

ber 2

?A.

Mou

se ru

nnin

g ba

ck to

hol

e w

ith c

hees

e.1e

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

pred

ict w

hat m

ight

hap

pen

on th

e ba

sis o

f wha

t has

bee

n re

ad

so fa

r.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

firs

t tw

o pi

ctur

es in

the

bott

om ro

w.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

cat

is d

oing

and

wha

t the

mou

se is

doi

ng.

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

cho

ices

in th

e m

iddl

e ro

w a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

one

fits

bes

t.

3.

Why

is th

e ca

t lyi

ng ju

st w

here

he

is

lyin

g?H

e is

gua

rdin

g th

e m

ouse

hol

e/st

oppi

ng th

e m

ouse

from

com

ing 

out.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok c

aref

ully

at t

he p

ictu

res.

•th

ink

abou

t the

ord

er o

f act

ions

in th

e st

ory.

•th

ink

of re

ason

s w

hy a

cat

mig

ht li

e ou

tsid

e a

mou

se h

ole.

4.

Why

doe

s th

e m

ouse

ste

p ve

ry

quie

tly a

roun

d th

e sle

epin

g ca

t?H

e do

esn’

t wan

t to

wak

e it.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok c

aref

ully

to a

t the

pic

ture

s.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

thin

k of

reas

ons

why

a m

ouse

mig

ht s

tep

care

fully

aro

und

a sle

epin

g ca

t.

5.

Why

did

the

mou

se lo

ok s

hock

ed

whe

n it

saw

the

cat’

s ea

rs c

omin

g up

to th

e ta

ble?

He

knew

he

was

goi

ng to

hav

e to

esc

ape

with

hi

s ch

eese

.1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

car

eful

ly a

t the

pic

ture

s.•

thin

k ab

out t

he o

rder

of a

ctio

ns in

the

stor

y.•

thin

k of

reas

ons

why

the

mou

se m

ight

look

sho

cked

.

452572_U2_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 21 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 22: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• LOOK AND LISTEN

22 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 3LOOK AND

LISTEN

Very Little Rapunzel/Bal Puts His Shoes OnTeresa Heapy/Zoe Clarke

Key text features

Both texts are picture books that have dialogue in speech bubbles.

l The Teaching text is Very Little Rapunzel by Teresa Heapy.

l The Practice text is Bal Puts His Shoes On by Zoe Clarke.

Reading the Teaching text: Very Little Rapunzel

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children what they know about the story of Rapunzel. (They may know it as the Disney film Tangled). If possible, show the children some online images and recap the story.

l Show the children the pictures while you read the teacher’s script below. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

l Children will need access to scissors and glue in order to answer the first four questions. All other questions should be answered orally.

l For the first four questions, you may choose to encourage the children to join the correct speech bubble to the picture or to cut it out and stick it on. If so, the children will need colour pencils, the downloaded Teaching text PCM, scissors and glue. All other questions should be answered orally.

Teacher’s Script

We’re going to begin a story about Very Little Rapunzel.

Very Little Rapunzel lived in a tall tower. She refused to have her hair cut. She sometimes pushed her very long hair out of the window and sometimes pulled it back inside.

At the bottom of the tower, there was a Very Little Prince. He saw the hair being pulled into the tower. “Where has all that hair gone?” he said. “Come on, hair! Come back! Come down!”

“Hello! Come on, climb up!” said Very Little Rapunzel. Very Little Rapunzel let down her hair and the Very Little Prince climbed all the way up.

Very Little Rapunzel and the Very Little Prince tried to have a play. “It’s a bit hard to play football.”

And then Very Little Rapunzel scratched her head. “Mummy,” she said, “my head is all itchy.”

“And me!” said the Very Little Prince.

Very Little Rapunzel’s mummy had a quick look.

“Oh no!” she said. “You’ve got nits.”

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 22 07/03/19 10:06 AM

Page 23: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 23

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What else, apart from playing football, do you think Very Little Rapunzel might have found it hard to do with her long hair?

l What are nits?

l Why did Mummy say “Oh no?”

l Do you think Rapunzel will have her hair cut now? Why, or why not?

Reading the Practice text: Bal Puts His Shoes On

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 27 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title of the story.– How many different kinds of shoes can the children list? (E.g. school shoes, trainers,

boots, sandals, etc.)– What helps the children decide which shoes they will wear? (E.g. where they are

going, what the weather is like, etc.)

l Together, look at the pictures and talk about what you can find out about Bal’s experiences.

l For the first four questions, you may choose to encourage the children to join the correct speech bubble to the picture or to cut it out and stick it on. If so, the children will need colour pencils, the downloaded Practice text PCM, scissors and glue. All other questions should be answered orally.

The children will need to see the pictures and questions while you read the script.

Teacher’s Script

We’re going to listen to a story about Bal. Bal has lots of shoes, but he can’t always decide which ones to put on.

Bal put his sandals on. “It is too cold for sandals,” he said. “Next time, I will wear my shoes.”

Bal put his shoes on. “It is too damp for shoes,” he said. “Next time, I will wear my boots.”

Bal put his boots on. “It is too hot for boots,” he said. “What will I wear next time?”

Bal put his slippers on. “I will keep my slippers on!” he said. “I can always wear my slippers inside the house.”

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Which time of year do you think it was in each of the pictures? How do you know?

l Why was Bal happy when he was wearing his slippers?

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 23 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 24: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

24 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Moving into writing

l Show pictures or examples of different types of hats the children might own (e.g. sun hat, woolly hat, baseball cap, cycle helmet, dressing-up hats). Talk about when and why they might wear each hat.

l Ask the children to think what would happen if they wore the wrong hat for an activity (e.g. a cowboy hat for building a snowman; a woolly hat on the beach). What might a speech bubble say about the hat?

l Encourage the children to draw pictures of themselves wearing the wrong hat.

l Encourage them to think, pair, share their ideas for speech bubbles.

l Ask the children to complete their speech bubbles and stick them on their pictures.

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 24 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 25: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 25

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Who are the people in the story?

A1: Very Little Rapunzel, her mummy and the Very Little Prince

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the names of the characters are in the pictures or the words they hear. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q2: Where was the Very Little Prince at the beginning of the story?

A2: At the bottom of the tower

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the words they hear. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: What do you think will happen next?

A3: Accept answers that relate to the story.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again while they look at the pictures. There is no right answer – the question asks ‘What do you think … ?’ – but encourage them to suggest a reason for their idea.

Very Little Red Riding Hood/Very Little Cinderella/Very Little Sleeping Beauty – Teresa Heapy

Big Bad Owl – Steve Smallman

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text images (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the script.

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 25 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 26: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

26 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Teac

hing

text

: Ver

y lit

tle R

apun

zel

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e fir

st

pict

ure?

“Com

e on

, hai

r! Co

me

back

! Com

e do

wn!

”1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•lis

ten

to th

is p

art o

f the

sto

ry a

gain

.•

read

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

es. W

hich

one

mat

ches

this

pic

ture

?•

use

the

mod

ellin

g so

ftw

are

and/

or th

e PC

M to

mat

ch th

e sp

eech

bub

ble

to th

e pi

ctur

e.

2.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e se

cond

pic

ture

?

“Hel

lo! C

ome

on, c

limb

up!”

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

liste

n to

this

par

t of t

he s

tory

aga

in.

•re

ad th

e sp

eech

bub

bles

. Whi

ch o

ne m

atch

es th

is p

ictu

re?

•us

e th

e m

odel

ling

soft

war

e an

d/or

the

PCM

to m

atch

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

e to

the

pict

ure.

3.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hat d

o yo

u th

ink

the

Very

Litt

le P

rince

will

se

e w

hen

he c

limbs

up

to th

e to

p of

the

hair?

Acce

pt a

nsw

ers

such

as:

•Ra

punz

el•

her m

umm

y•

a ho

use

in th

e to

wer

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

Ver

y Li

ttle

Prin

ce m

ight

exp

ect t

o se

e.•

thin

k ab

out w

hat y

ou c

an s

ee in

the

pict

ures

. Wha

t else

mig

ht th

ere

be?

4.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e th

ird p

ictu

re?

“It i

s a b

it ha

rd to

pla

y fo

otba

ll.”

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

liste

n to

this

par

t of t

he s

tory

aga

in.

•re

ad th

e sp

eech

bub

bles

. Whi

ch o

ne m

atch

es th

is p

ictu

re?

•us

e th

e m

odel

ling

soft

war

e an

d/or

the

PCM

to m

atch

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

e to

the

pict

ure.

5.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hy is

it a

bit

hard

to p

lay

foot

ball?

Very

Litt

le R

apun

zel’s

hai

r kee

ps

gett

ing

in th

e w

ay.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

liste

n to

this

par

t of t

he s

tory

aga

in.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t mak

es p

layi

ng fo

otba

ll so

har

d.•

expl

ain

your

ans

wer

usi

ng e

vide

nce

from

the

text

.

6.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e fo

urth

pic

ture

?

“Oh

no. Y

ou’v

e go

t nits

.”1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

. Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•lis

ten

to th

is p

art o

f the

sto

ry a

gain

.•

read

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

es. W

hich

one

mat

ches

this

pic

ture

?•

use

the

mod

ellin

g so

ftw

are

and/

or th

e PC

M to

mat

ch th

e sp

eech

bub

ble

to th

e pi

ctur

e.

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 26 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 27: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 27

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Bal Puts His Shoes On by Zoe ClarkeCan you match the speech bubble to the image?

It is too hot for boots!

I will keep my slippers on!

It is too damp for shoes!

✁ ✁ ✁ ✁

It is too cold for sandals!

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 27 07/03/19 9:45 AM

Page 28: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

28 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Listening Practice QuestionsThe following practice questions can be asked by you and answered by the children as part of a listening comprehension exercise.

1. Listen to the story and look at the pictures. Which of the speech bubbles matches the first picture?

2. Listen to the story and look at the pictures. Which of the speech bubbles matches the second picture?

3. Listen to the story and look at the pictures. Which of the speech bubbles matches the third picture?

4. Listen to the story and look at the pictures. Which of the speech bubbles matches the fourth picture?

5. What can Bal do when he is wearing his slippers?

6. What should Bal do before he decides which shoes to put on?

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 28 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 29: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 29

Unit 3 • LOOK AND LISTEN

Prac

tice

text

: Bal

Put

s H

is S

hoes

On

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e fir

st

pict

ure?

“It i

s too

col

d fo

r san

dals!

”1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•lis

ten

to th

is p

art o

f the

sto

ry a

gain

.•

read

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

es. W

hich

one

mat

ches

this

pic

ture

?

2.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e se

cond

pic

ture

?

“It i

s too

dam

p fo

r sho

es!”

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd

info

rmat

ion.

Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•lis

ten

to th

is p

art o

f the

sto

ry a

gain

.•

read

the

spee

ch b

ubbl

es. W

hich

one

mat

ches

this

pic

ture

?

3.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e th

ird p

ictu

re?

“It i

s too

hot

for b

oots

!”1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts, t

itles

and

in

form

atio

n.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

liste

n to

this

par

t of t

he s

tory

aga

in.

•re

ad th

e sp

eech

bub

bles

. Whi

ch o

ne m

atch

es th

is p

ictu

re?

4.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hich

of t

he s

peec

h bu

bble

s m

atch

es th

e fo

urth

pic

ture

?

“I w

ill k

eep

my

slipp

ers o

n!”

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

, titl

es a

nd

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

liste

n to

this

par

t of t

he s

tory

aga

in.

•re

ad th

e sp

eech

bub

bles

. Whi

ch o

ne m

atch

es th

is p

ictu

re?

5.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hat c

an B

al d

o w

hen

he is

wea

ring

his

slipp

ers?

He

can

do a

nyth

ing

insi

de. A

ccep

t an

swer

s su

ch a

s:•

play

with

his

mum

.•

play

with

the

dog.

•pl

ay w

ith h

is to

ys.

•w

atch

TV.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t Bal

is d

oing

.•

thin

k ab

out w

hat o

ther

thin

gs h

e co

uld

do w

hen

he is

wea

ring

his

slipp

ers.

6.

List

en to

the

stor

y an

d lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s.

W

hat s

houl

d Ba

l do

befo

re h

e de

cide

s w

hich

sh

oes

to p

ut o

n?

Acce

pt a

nsw

ers

such

as:

•Lo

ok o

ut o

f the

win

dow

to s

ee

wha

t the

wea

ther

is li

ke.

•Th

ink

abou

t wha

t he

is g

oing

to

do.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

s. Th

ink

abou

t why

Bal

mad

e th

e w

rong

cho

ices

and

the

clue

s Ba

l co

uld

use

befo

re h

e de

cide

s w

hich

sho

es to

wea

r.

452572_U3_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 29 06/03/19 5:06 PM

Page 30: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND RED

30 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 4BOOK BAND

RED

Zack’s Moon/Tess’s Pool

Key text features

The text shows four pictures that tell a story. Each picture is accompanied by a choice of two short texts. The children are asked to read both texts and circle the one they think matches the picture.

l The Teaching text is Zack’s Moon.

l The Practice text is Tess’s Pool.

Reading the Teaching text: Zack’s Moon

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Can they tell you the name of the main character?– Can they tell you what the story might be about?

l Access the Teaching text on the Interactive Modelling Software or download individual versions that the children can work from. Without showing the cartoon strip of pictures, let the children listen to the audio. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

l Explain that beside each picture there will be two short texts, called A and B. Tell the children that they will need to read both of the texts and decide which one matches the picture and tells the story. They should choose the correct, matching text, and delete the incorrect text.

l Show each picture with the two texts. Together decide which text to delete and discuss reasons for the choice.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why did Zack get out of bed?

l What did he see when he looked out of the window?

l Why did he need his torch to look at the moon?

l Do you think he really went to the moon?

Reading the Practice text: Tess’s Pool

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 34 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Can they tell you the name of the main character?– Can they tell you what the story might be about?

l Ask the listening practice questions on page 35.

l Together, look at the pictures and create a story to tell about it.

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 30 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 31: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 31

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l How was Tess feeling at the beginning of this story?

l Why did she dig a hole?

l Do you think this was a good idea?

l What other things could Tess have done instead?

Moving into writing

l Listen again to the audio for Zack’s Moon.

l Use a drama session to extend ‘Zack’s dream’.

– What happened when he landed on the moon?

– What did it feel like to be on the moon? What was Zack wearing? How did he move?

– Did Zack see any aliens or any other creatures? Was anything growing on the moon?

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 31 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 32: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

32 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Listening Comprehension: Questions and AnswersUse the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

Q1: When does this story take place: in the morning, afternoon, bedtime or night time?

A1: Night time/At night

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the story, and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘When’ and point out that ‘When’ asks for a time, not a person, thing or place.

Q2: What made Zack stop being scared?

A2: The moon/Moonlight/It wasn’t dark any more.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘What’ and remind them that ‘What’ asks for a thing or something happening, not a person or a place.

Q3: Why did Zack dream about going to the moon?

A3: He had been looking at his book./He had seen the moon.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the second part of the story and to think about their experience/knowledge of dreaming. Explain that they sometimes will need to use their knowledge of the world to answer some questions and, if there isn’t an answer in the text itself, then they should use what they know anyway. ‘Why’ questions often ask you to think about what you already know.

Whatever Next! – Jill Murphy

Man on the Moon – Simon Bartram

Extending reading

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 32 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 33: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 33

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

Teac

hing

text

: Zac

k’s

Moo

n Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

A. Z

ack

was

in b

ed. I

t was

nig

ht a

nd it

was

da

rk.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•re

ad b

oth

of th

e se

nten

ces.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut th

e pi

ctur

e?•

read

the

sent

ence

s ag

ain

to c

heck

you

hav

e th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er. C

ircle

A o

r B to

sh

ow y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

B. H

e go

t up.

The

moo

n w

as u

p hi

gh.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•re

ad b

oth

of th

e se

nten

ces.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut th

e pi

ctur

e?•

read

the

sent

ence

s ag

ain

to c

heck

you

hav

e th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er. C

ircle

A o

r B to

sh

ow y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

A. Z

ack

got h

is to

rch

and

his

book

. The

moo

n w

as in

his

boo

k.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

read

bot

h of

the

sent

ence

s. W

hich

sen

tenc

e te

lls y

ou a

bout

the

pict

ure?

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ces

agai

n to

che

ck y

ou h

ave

the

right

ans

wer

. Circ

le A

or B

to

show

you

r cho

ice.

•dr

aw a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

A. Z

ack

will

be

a m

an o

n th

e m

oon.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

s ha

ppen

ing.

•re

ad b

oth

of th

e se

nten

ces.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut th

e pi

ctur

e?•

read

the

sent

ence

s ag

ain

to c

heck

you

hav

e th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er. C

ircle

A o

r B to

sh

ow y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

5.

Read

all

of th

e se

nten

ces

you

have

ci

rcle

d. D

o th

ey te

ll th

e st

ory?

Do

they

mat

ch th

e pi

ctur

es?

Yes:

if th

e se

nten

ces

mat

ch th

e pi

ctur

es a

nd

tell

a st

ory,

ask

chi

ldre

n to

tell

the

stor

y to

a

frie

nd.

No:

if th

e se

nten

ces

do n

ot m

atch

the

pict

ures

, he

lp c

hild

ren

to re

visi

t and

cor

rect

them

.

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t all

of th

e pi

ctur

es a

nd th

ink

abou

t the

sto

ry th

ey te

ll.•

now

read

all

the

circ

led

sent

ence

s. D

o th

ey te

ll th

e sa

me

stor

y?

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 33 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 34: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

34 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

A. Tess was in her garden. The sun was too hot.

B. Tess was in bed. It was night.

A. Tess got her garden tools. She cut a bunch of flowers.

B. Tess got her garden tools. She dug and dug until she had a deep pool.

A. Tess began to fill the deep pool.

B. Tess put the flowers into a jug.

A. Tess sat on her chair with the jug of flowers.

B. Tess put her chair in the pool. Now she was cool.

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

Tess’s Pool

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 34 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 35: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 35

Listening Practice Questions

1. Which sentence tells you about what is happening in this picture? Circle A or B to show your choice. Draw a line through the other text.

2. Which sentence tells you about what is happening in this picture? Circle A or B to show your choice. Draw a line through the other text.

3. Which sentence tells you about what is happening in this picture? Circle A or B to show your choice. Draw a line through the other text.

4. Which sentence tells you about what is happening in this picture? Circle A or B to show your choice. Draw a line through the other text.

5. Read all of the sentences you have circled. Do they tell the story? Do they match the pictures?

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 35 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 36: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

36 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 4 • BOOK BAND RED

Prac

tice

text

: Tes

s’s

Pool

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

A. T

ess

was

in h

er g

arde

n. T

he s

un w

as to

o ho

t.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

read

bot

h of

the

sent

ence

s. W

hich

sen

tenc

e te

lls y

ou a

bout

the

pict

ure?

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ces

agai

n to

che

ck y

ou h

ave

the

right

ans

wer

. Circ

le A

or B

to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

B. T

ess

got h

er g

arde

n to

ols.

She

dug

and

dug

until

she

had

a d

eep

pool

.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

read

bot

h of

the

sent

ence

s. W

hich

sen

tenc

e te

lls y

ou a

bout

the

pict

ure?

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ces

agai

n to

che

ck y

ou h

ave

the

right

ans

wer

. Circ

le A

or B

to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

A. T

ess

bega

n to

fill

the

deep

poo

l.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

read

bot

h of

the

sent

ence

s. W

hich

sen

tenc

e te

lls y

ou a

bout

the

pict

ure?

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ces

agai

n to

che

ck y

ou h

ave

the

right

ans

wer

. Circ

le A

or B

to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

tells

you

abo

ut

wha

t is

happ

enin

g in

this

pic

ture

? Ci

rcle

A o

r B to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.

Dra

w a

line

thro

ugh

the

othe

r tex

t.

B. T

ess

put h

er c

hair

in th

e po

ol. N

ow s

he w

as

cool

.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t is

happ

enin

g.•

read

bot

h of

the

sent

ence

s. W

hich

sen

tenc

e te

lls y

ou a

bout

the

pict

ure?

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ces

agai

n to

che

ck y

ou h

ave

the

right

ans

wer

. Circ

le A

or B

to

sho

w y

our c

hoic

e.•

draw

a li

ne th

roug

h th

e ot

her t

ext.

5.

Read

all

of th

e se

nten

ces

you

have

ci

rcle

d. D

o th

ey te

ll th

e st

ory?

Do

they

mat

ch th

e pi

ctur

es?

Yes:

if th

e se

nten

ces

mat

ch th

e pi

ctur

es a

nd

tell

a st

ory,

ask

chi

ldre

n to

tell

the

stor

y to

a

frie

nd.

No:

if th

e se

nten

ces

do n

ot m

atch

the

pict

ures

, he

lp c

hild

ren

to re

visi

t and

cor

rect

them

.

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t all

of th

e pi

ctur

es a

nd th

ink

abou

t the

sto

ry th

ey te

ll.•

now

read

all

the

circ

led

sent

ence

s. D

o th

ey te

ll th

e sa

me

stor

y?

452572_U4_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 36 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 37: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 37

Unit 5BOOK BAND

RED

The Farmyard/Tim’s Van

Key text features

The texts are moving towards traditional comprehension, but all of the answers are now multiple choice. The text content is familiar to children through books and their own knowledge of the world.

l The Teaching text is The Farmyard.

l The Practice text is Tim’s Van.

Reading the Teaching text: The Farmyard

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Where do they think this story will be set?– Which characters would they expect to find? Why?

l Access the Teaching text on the Interactive Modelling Software or download individual versions that the children can work from. Without showing them the text, let the children listen to the audio and work through the listening comprehension questions.– Show children the Teaching text and read through it together.– Talk about how to show the answer to the questions (by ticking the box next to the

correct answer).

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What do you think the farmer was called?

l Why was the farmer in the farmyard?

l Why did she need buckets?

l What does the word “pen” mean where it says “she put food in the pen for the goats”?

l Why do you think the farmer puts the hens in a shed? Do you think it is a comfortable shed for hens?

Reading the Practice text: Tim’s Van

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 41 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title. – Can they tell you the name of the main character?– Can they tell you what the story might be about?– Show children the Practice text and read through it together, – Talk about how to show the answer to the questions (by ticking the box next to the

correct answer).

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 37 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 38: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

38 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why did Tim need a van?

l What kind of job do you need a van for?

l What happened to make Tim feel sad? Would it make you feel sad?

l What happened next?

l How did Tim feel? How do you know?

l What does the word “posh” mean in the sentence “He got a posh car”?

l Why do you think Tim put polish on his car?

Moving into writing

l Look again at The Farmyard.

l Ask the children to make a list of all the farm animals they can think of.

l Let small groups focus on one animal each and use books and the internet to find out what the animal eats and how the farmer has to look after it. Ask the children to share what they have found out.

l Give children a page laid out like the Teaching text, with the first box filled in using the text from The Farmyard. Tell them they are going to write their own version of the text. They need to think of two animals and write how the farmer looks after them.

l Ask them to talk with a response partner about what they are going to write and draw in each of the other boxes.

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 38 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 39: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 39

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: What was the farmer going to do in the farmyard?

A1: Feed the animals.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the story, and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘What’ and point out that ‘What’ asks for a thing, not a time, person or place.

Q2: Which animals does the text talk about?

A2: Cows, goats and hens

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Point out that the question asks for the names of animals, so one animal name will not be enough.

Q3: What is the farmer going to do after she has looked after the animals?

A3: Go to bed.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the second part of the story. What does it tell us about what the farmer is going to do?

Usborne’s Farmyard Tales – Stephen Cartright and Heather Amery

Summer at Skylark Farm – Heidi Swan

Appleby Farm – Cathy Bramley

Cars, Trains, Ships and Planes – Dorling Kindersley

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 39 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 40: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

40 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Teac

hing

text

: The

Far

mya

rd

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

Th

e fa

rmer

was

.

in th

e fa

rmya

rd ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

read

all

of th

e id

eas

for t

he w

ay th

e se

nten

ce m

ight

end

and

dec

ide

whi

ch is

true

. •

read

the

text

aga

in to

che

ck y

ou w

ere

right

.•

tick

the

answ

er th

at is

true

.Re

min

d th

e ch

ildre

n th

at th

e qu

estio

ns a

re u

sual

ly in

the

sam

e or

der a

s th

e te

xt.

2.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

Th

e fa

rmer

had

food

for t

he

.

anim

als

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

way

the

sent

ence

mig

ht e

nd a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

is tr

ue.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e on

e th

at is

true

. Be

care

ful b

ecau

se o

ne o

f the

cho

ices

is tr

ying

to tr

ick

you.

3.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

D

id th

e co

ws

and

the

shee

p ge

t foo

d?

No

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whe

ther

the

answ

er is

‘yes

’ or ‘

no’.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er.

4.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

Th

e fa

rmer

put

food

in th

e fo

r th

e go

at.

box

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

mis

sing

wor

d an

d de

cide

whi

ch is

righ

t.•

read

the

text

aga

in to

che

ck y

ou w

ere

right

.•

tick

the

answ

er th

at is

righ

t.Re

min

d th

e ch

ildre

n th

at th

ey d

o no

t hav

e to

read

the

who

le te

xt to

ans

wer

eac

h qu

estio

n –

just

the

part

of t

he te

xt w

here

they

mig

ht fi

nd th

e an

swer

.

5.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

Th

e fa

rmer

put

the

hens

in th

e .

shed

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

way

the

sent

ence

mig

ht e

nd a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

is tr

ue.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e an

swer

that

is tr

ue.

Rem

ind

the

child

ren

that

they

do

not h

ave

to re

ad th

e w

hole

text

from

the

begi

nnin

g.

6.

Choo

se a

box

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

N

ow th

e fa

rmer

can

go

to

.

bed

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

way

the

sent

ence

mig

ht e

nd a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

is tr

ue.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e an

swer

that

is tr

ue.

Rem

ind

the

child

ren

that

they

do

not h

ave

to re

ad th

e w

hole

text

from

the

begi

nnin

g.

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 40 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 41: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 41

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Tim’s Van

Tim had a red van for his job. He put wax on it.

Oh no! The van had a bang and a bash. Tim was sad. He had tears on his cheek.

Then, Tim got a posh car. He put polish on it. He was not sad.

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 41 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 42: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

42 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Tim’s Van

Tick ✓ a box to answer each question.

1 The man is .

Tim

Tom

Sam

2 The man had a .

car

van

book

3 Did the van get a bang and a bash?

Yes No

4 The man was sad. He had .

a long beard

wax in his hair

tears on his cheek

Name: Date:

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 42 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 43: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 43

5 Then, Tim got a posh ____________________ .

chair

van

car

6 Tim put on his posh car.

red

wax

polish

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 43 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 44: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 5 • BOOK BAND RED

44 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Prac

tice

text

: Tim

’s V

an

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

e m

an is

.

Tim

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

way

the

sent

ence

mig

ht e

nd a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

is tr

ue.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e an

swer

that

is tr

ue.

Rem

ind

the

child

ren

that

the

ques

tions

are

usu

ally

in th

e sa

me

orde

r as

the

text

.

2.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

e m

an h

ad a

.

van

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•re

ad a

ll of

the

idea

s fo

r the

way

the

sent

ence

mig

ht e

nd a

nd d

ecid

e w

hich

is tr

ue.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e an

swer

that

is tr

ue.

3.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

D

id th

e va

n ge

t a b

ang

and

a ba

sh?

Yes

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whe

ther

the

answ

er is

‘yes

’ or ‘

no’.

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er.

4.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

e m

an w

as s

ad. H

e ha

d .

tear

s on

his

che

ek ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

read

all

of th

e id

eas

for t

he w

ay th

e se

nten

ce m

ight

end

and

dec

ide

whi

ch is

true

. •

read

the

text

aga

in to

che

ck y

ou w

ere

right

.•

tick

the

answ

er th

at is

true

.Re

min

d th

e ch

ildre

n th

at th

ey d

o no

t hav

e to

read

the

who

le te

xt fr

om th

e be

ginn

ing.

5.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

en, T

im g

ot a

pos

h .

car ✓

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

read

all

of th

e id

eas

for t

he w

ay th

e se

nten

ce m

ight

end

and

dec

ide

whi

ch is

true

. •

read

the

text

aga

in to

che

ck y

ou w

ere

right

.•

tick

the

answ

er th

at is

true

.

6.

Tick

a b

ox to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Ti

m p

ut

on

his

posh

car

.

polis

h ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

read

all

of th

e id

eas

for t

he m

issi

ng w

ord

and

deci

de w

hich

is ri

ght

•re

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

to c

heck

you

wer

e rig

ht.

•tic

k th

e an

swer

that

is ri

ght.

Rem

ind

the

child

ren

that

they

do

not h

ave

to re

ad th

e w

hole

text

to a

nsw

er e

ach

ques

tion

– ju

st th

e pa

rt o

f the

text

whe

re th

ey m

ight

find

the

answ

er.

452572_U5_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 44 06/03/19 5:05 PM

Page 45: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 45

Unit 1FICTION

Unit 6BOOK BAND

RED

Key text features

Both texts are non-fiction and contribute to developing the children’s vocabulary.

l The Teaching text is What Can You See by the Sea? by Lou Kuenzler.

l The Practice text is How Does It Feel? by Simon Mugford.

Reading the Teaching text: What Can You See by the Sea?

l Introduce the text by asking the children what they think we can see at the seaside. Make a list of all the things the children suggest. Divide your list into different categories. E.g.– Things people do (e.g. build sandcastles, paddle)– Things people buy (e.g. buckets and spades, ice-cream)– Features of the seaside (e.g. sand, rocks)– Birds and animals (e.g. seagulls, fish)– Things you find on the beach (e.g. seaweed, shells)

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software for this unit. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for the children to work from if you wish. Children will need access to the PCM to answer questions 1–4. All other questions should be answered orally.

l Show the children the Teaching text and talk about the pictures together. Can the children identify the creatures and suggest some words to describe them?

l Work through the listening comprehension questions.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l How are cliffs, rocks and rock pools different?

l What do you think these creatures might eat?

l Which of these creatures do you like best? Why?

Reading the Practice text: How Does It Feel?

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from pages 50–51 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the Practice text by asking the children to shut their eyes and feel all around them. Ask them to suggest words that describe what things feel like (e.g. hard, soft, squishy) rather than listing the things they can feel.

l Say some objects aloud and ask the children to suggest describing words for how the things feel (e.g. a cat, grass, a ball, a candle, a pine cone).

l Show the children the Practice text and talk about the pictures. Challenge the children to suggest alternative words that could describe each of the objects.

What Can You See by the Sea?/How Does It Feel?Lou Kuenzler/Simon Mugford

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 45 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 46: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

46 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l How are the hot pasta and the wet dog the same?

l Which other words could you use to describe how the bricks feel?

l Which other things can you think of that feel like the pineapple does? Explain your answers.

Moving into writing

l Revisit How Does It Feel?

l Create a shared list of words that describe how things feel (e.g. smooth, prickly, crinkly, dry, cold, hard, sticky, etc.).

l Encourage groups of children to work together to identify how different objects feel – each group could work with a different selection of objects. Ask them to use sticky notes to label each object and then choose another word to describe how it feels.

l Let the children visit other groups’ objects. Encourage them to add alternative describing words to the sticky notes to identify how each of the objects feels.

l Take and print photographs of some of the objects.

l Ask the children to select some of the photographs and write sentences explaining how they feel. As an extension, you could ask the children to select pairs of objects that feel the opposite of one another (e.g. hard/soft; smooth/prickly) and to write sentences about each pair using words like but or and.

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 46 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 47: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 47

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Which birds and animals does the text talk about?

A1: Puffins, seal, dolphin, crab

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q2: Which of the creatures is a bird?

A2: Puffin

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: Which creature lives in a rock pool?

A3: Crab

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

What Is Sound? – Kay Barnham

What Are Materials? – Kay Barnham

What Is Light? – Kay Barnham

The Seasons – Becky Dickinson

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the script.

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 47 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 48: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

48 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

Teac

hing

text

: Wha

t Can

You

See

by

the

Sea?

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Read

the

first

sen

tenc

e. C

ircle

the

wor

d th

at

you

need

to fi

nish

the

sent

ence

.cl

iffs

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t sho

ws.

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ce to

them

selv

es, t

hink

ing

abou

t the

mis

sing

wor

d.•

look

at a

ll th

e ch

oice

s in

the

ques

tion.

circ

le th

e w

ord

or w

rite

it on

the

line.

2.

Read

the

seco

nd s

ente

nce.

Circ

le th

e w

ord

that

you

nee

d to

fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

rock

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it s

how

s.•

read

the

sent

ence

to th

emse

lves

, thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he m

issi

ng w

ord.

•lo

ok a

t all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n.

•ci

rcle

the

wor

d or

writ

e it

on th

e lin

e.

3.

Read

the

third

sen

tenc

e. C

ircle

the

wor

d th

at

you

need

to fi

nish

the

sent

ence

.se

a1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it s

how

s.•

read

the

sent

ence

to th

emse

lves

, thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he m

issi

ng w

ord.

•lo

ok a

t all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n. C

ircle

the

wor

d or

writ

e it

on th

e lin

e.

4.

Read

the

four

th s

ente

nce.

Circ

le th

e w

ord

that

yo

u ne

ed to

fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

rock

poo

l1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it s

how

s.•

read

the

sent

ence

to th

emse

lves

, thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he m

issi

ng w

ord.

•lo

ok a

t all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n.

•ci

rcle

the

wor

d or

writ

e it

on th

e lin

e.

5.

Wha

t do

the

wor

ds a

t the

bot

tom

of e

ach

box

tell

you?

Cho

ose

one.

th

e na

me

of th

e cr

eatu

re

ho

w it

mov

es

w

here

it li

ves

w

hat i

t eat

s

whe

re it

live

s ✓

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: d

raw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

wor

ds a

t the

bot

tom

of e

ach

box,

thin

king

abo

ut th

e in

form

atio

n th

ey g

ive.

•pu

t a ti

ck in

the

box

next

to th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er.

6.

Doe

s a

seal

live

in a

rock

poo

l?N

o ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•th

ink

abou

t whi

ch p

ictu

re a

nd s

ente

nce

they

will

nee

d to

look

at.

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ce to

them

selv

es, t

hink

ing

abou

t the

que

stio

n.•

put a

tick

in th

e bo

x ne

xt to

the

right

ans

wer

.

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 48 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 49: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 49

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

Name: Date:

How Does It Feel? by Simon Mugford

Write the correct word to compete the sentence.

1 Look at the image. Write the correct word to complete the sentence.

The pineapple is .

rough smooth silky

2 Look at the image. Write the correct word to complete the sentence.

The pasta is very .

cold hard hot

3 Look at the image. Write the correct word to complete the sentence.

The bricks do not bend.

They are .

bendy cold stiff

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 49 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 50: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

50 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

4 Look at the image. Write the correct word to complete the sentence.

The dog is very .

hot rough wet

5 What does the sentence about the pineapple tell you? Tick one.

what the pineapple smells like

what you do with the pineapple

what the pineapple feels like

if you like the pineapple

6 Do bricks bend?

Yes No

Name: Date:

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 50 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 51: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 51

Unit 6 • BOOK BAND RED

Prac

tice

text

: How

Doe

s It

Fee

l?

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Look

at t

he im

age.

 Writ

e th

e co

rrec

t wor

d to

co

mpl

ete

the

sent

ence

.

The

pine

appl

e is

___

____

___.

roug

h1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he p

ictu

re a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it s

how

s.•

read

the

sent

ence

to y

ours

elf t

hink

ing

abou

t the

mis

sing

wor

d.•

look

at a

ll th

e ch

oice

s in

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e w

ord

on th

e lin

e or

circ

le it

.

2.

Look

at t

he im

age.

 Writ

e th

e co

rrec

t wor

d to

co

mpl

ete

the

sent

ence

.

The

past

a is

ver

y __

____

____

.

hot

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t sho

ws.

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ce to

you

rsel

f thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he m

issi

ng w

ord.

•lo

ok a

t all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

wor

d on

the

line

or c

ircle

it.

3.

Look

at t

he im

age.

 Writ

e th

e co

rrec

t wor

d to

co

mpl

ete

the

sent

ence

.

The

bric

ks d

o no

t ben

d.

They

are

___

____

___.

stiff

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t sho

ws.

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ce to

you

rsel

f, th

inki

ng a

bout

the

mis

sing

wor

d.•

look

at a

ll th

e ch

oice

s in

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e w

ord

on th

e lin

e or

circ

le it

.

4.

Look

at t

he im

age.

 Writ

e th

e co

rrec

t wor

d to

co

mpl

ete

the

sent

ence

.

The

dog

is v

ery

____

____

__.

wet

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•lo

ok a

t the

pic

ture

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t sho

ws.

•re

ad th

e se

nten

ce to

you

rsel

f thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he m

issi

ng w

ord.

•lo

ok a

t all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

wor

d on

the

line

or c

ircle

it.

5.

Wha

t doe

s th

e se

nten

ce a

bout

the

pine

appl

e te

ll yo

u? T

ick

one.

wha

t the

pin

eapp

le s

mel

ls lik

e

wha

t you

do

with

the

pine

appl

e

wha

t the

pin

eapp

le fe

els

like

if yo

u lik

e th

e pi

neap

ple

wha

t the

pin

eapp

le fe

els

like ✓

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

look

at t

he w

ords

at t

he b

otto

m o

f the

box

, thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n th

ey g

ive.

•pu

t a ti

ck in

the

box

next

to th

e rig

ht a

nsw

er.

6.

Do

bric

ks b

end?

No ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•th

ink

abou

t whi

ch p

ictu

re y

ou w

ill n

eed

to lo

ok a

t.•

read

the

ques

tion

to y

ours

elf,

thin

king

abo

ut th

e an

swer

.•

put a

tick

in th

e bo

x ne

xt to

the

right

ans

wer

.

452572_U6_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 51 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 52: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND YELLOW

52 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 7BOOK BAND

YELLOW

The Sick Dragon/Skip and the Shark

Key text features

The texts continue to move towards traditional comprehension, with a longer text and a range of question types, including those where the children have to write one-word answers. The Teaching text is a fantasy story; the Practice text is an adventure story.

l The Teaching text is The Sick Dragon.

l The Practice text is Skip and the Shark.

Reading the Teaching text: The Sick Dragon

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Is this going to be a real-life story? How do you know?– What do you think might happen in the story?

l Access the Teaching text on the Interactive Modelling Software or download individual versions that the children can work from. Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio and work through the listening comprehension questions.– Show the children the text and read through it together.– Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.– When the children do this activity, you can read the questions aloud to them.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why was the king sad at the beginning of the story?

l What was wrong with Carlos?

l What did the vet say he had to do?

l Was she right? Why do you say that?

l Do you think this is a real-life story? Why do you say that?

l How was Carlos different at the end of the story?

l How was the king different?

l What had the vet got that she didn’t have at the beginning of the story?

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 52 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 53: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 53

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Reading the Practice text: Skip and the Shark

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from pages 56–57 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title. – Can they tell you what the story might be about?– What kind of character might Skip be? Is Skip a person or an animal?– Is a shark likely to be friendly or not?– Show the children the text and read through it together.– Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.– When the children do this activity, you can read the questions aloud to them.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why did Jen and Raj go out in the boat?

l How do you think they felt when they didn’t see sharks?

l What made the splashing sound?

l How did Raj know that there was a shark in the water?

l Why did the sailor put a ring in the water?

l How did Jen feel at the end?

Moving into writing

l Look again at The Sick Dragon.

l Talk about what King Kevin and Carlos can do now that Carlos is well again. What kind of fun and adventures could they have?

l In a drama lesson, explore and develop the children’s ideas.

l Let the children share ideas for a story with a response partner. Encourage them to draw their story in a sequence of pictures.

l Let the children use their pictures to tell the story to their response partner.

l Give the children zigzag books so they can write and illustrate their own story about Carlos the dragon.

l Ask them to talk with a response partner about what they are going to write and draw in each of the other boxes.

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 53 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 54: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

54 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Why was King Kevin sad?

A1: His pet dragon was sick.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the story, and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘Why’, and point out that ‘Why’ asks for a reason.

Q2: What did Carlos have to do to get better?

A2: Run outside (in the day and at night).

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the story and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Point out that the question begins with ‘What’, so they will need to talk about a thing or an action in the answer.

Q3: Why did the king give the vet a bag of coins?

A3: To say thank you/To pay her/Because she made Carlos better

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the end of the story and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘Why’, and remind them that ‘Why’ asks for a reason.

Shark in the Park – Nick Sharratt

Lost and Found – Oliver Jeffers

Waiting – Kevin Henkes

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 54 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 55: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 55

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Teac

hing

text

: The

Sic

k D

rago

n Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Join

the

boxe

s.

Ke

vin

was

a

dr

agon

.

Ka

ren

was

a

ki

ng.

Ca

rlos

was

a

ve

t.

Kevi

n w

as a

dr

agon

.Ka

ren

was

a

king

.Ca

rlos

was

a

vet.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

sen

tenc

e be

ginn

ing

mat

ches

whi

ch s

ente

nce

endi

ng.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

2.

How

was

Car

los?

Cho

ose

all t

he th

ings

the

vet

said

.to

o fa

t ✓to

o m

uch

food

✓to

o m

uch

sleep

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n.•

tick

thre

e bo

xes

that

sho

w w

hat t

he v

et s

aid.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

3.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ve

t sai

d Ca

rlos

mus

t in

the

gard

en.

run

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to w

rite

on th

e lin

e.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

4.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Ca

rlos

had

to ru

n at

to

o.

nigh

t1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

writ

e on

the

line.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.Re

min

d ch

ildre

n th

at th

ey d

o no

t hav

e to

read

the

who

le te

xt to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

ey ju

st n

eed

to re

ad th

e pa

rt w

here

they

can

find

the

answ

er.

5.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ki

ng g

ave

the

vet a

bag

of

.

coin

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

6.

Was

the

king

sad

at t

he e

nd?

Choo

se a

box

.N

o ✓

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

heth

er th

e an

swer

is ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

•tic

k ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 55 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 56: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

56 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Skip and the Shark

Jen and Raj went on a boat. Skip the dog went with them. They went to look for sharks.

They did not see sharks. There were starfish and little clownfish, but no sharks.

There was a big splash. “Did Skip jump in?” said Jen.“Yes,” said Raj. “Look, there he is.”

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 56 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 57: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 57

“Look. There is a fin!” said Raj. “It has a sharp point so it must be a shark’s fin.”“Help! The shark will get my dog,” Jen yelled.

Sam the sailor put a ring in the water.“Tell your dog to swim to the ring,” he said.Skip swam to the ring. The man got him onto the boat.

“I had a bad fright, Skip,” said Jen. “But the shark did not get you.”“I am glad,” said Raj.

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 57 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 58: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

58 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Skip and the Shark

1 Join the boxes.

Jen and Raj were dog.

Skip was a sailor.

Sam was a children.

2 Finish the sentence.

Jen and Raj went to look for .

3 Tick two kinds of fish they saw.

crabs clownfish

starfish big fish

Name: Date:

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 58 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 59: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 59

4 Finish the sentence.

The shark’s fin had a sharp .

5 Finish the sentence.

Skip had to swim to a .

6 Did the shark get Skip? Tick a box.

Yes No

Name: Date:

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 59 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 60: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

60 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 7 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Prac

tice

text

: Ski

p an

d th

e Sh

ark

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Join

the

boxe

s.

Je

n an

d Ra

j wer

e do

g.

Sk

ip w

as a

sailo

r.

Sa

m w

as a

child

ren.

Jen

and

Raj w

ere

dog.

Skip

was

a

sailo

r.Sa

m w

as a

ch

ildre

n.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

sen

tenc

e be

ginn

ing

mat

ches

whi

ch s

ente

nce

endi

ng.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

2.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Je

n an

d Ra

j wen

t to

look

for

.

shar

ks1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

que

stio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to fi

nish

the

sent

ence

.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

3.

Tick

two

kind

s of

fish

they

saw

.st

arfis

h ✓

clow

nfish

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

all

the

part

s of

the

ques

tion.

•tic

k tw

o bo

xes

that

sho

w w

hat k

inds

of fi

sh th

ey s

aw.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

4.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e sh

ark’

s fin

had

a s

harp

.

poin

t1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

writ

e on

the

line.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.Re

min

d ch

ildre

n th

at th

ey d

o no

t hav

e to

read

the

who

le te

xt to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

ey ju

st n

eed

to re

ad th

e pa

rt w

here

they

can

find

the

answ

er.

5.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Sk

ip h

ad to

sw

im to

a

.

ring

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to w

rite

on th

e lin

e.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

6.

Did

the

shar

k ge

t Ski

p? T

ick

a bo

x.N

o ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

heth

er th

e an

swer

is ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

•tic

k ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.

452572_U7_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 60 06/03/19 5:13 PM

Page 61: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 61

Unit 8BOOK BAND

YELLOW

The Sun and the Stars/Men on the Moon

Key text features

The texts continue to move towards traditional comprehension, with longer texts and a range of question types, including those where the children have to write one-word answers. Both texts are non-fiction and relate to space.

l The Teaching text is The Sun and the Stars.

l The Practice text is Men on the Moon.

Reading the Teaching text: The Sun and the Stars

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Do you think this is going to be a story or information? How do you know?– What do you think this information text will tell you about?

l Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What other information do you know about the sun?

l Why is it important that the sun can keep our planet hot?

l How do we use the sun’s light?

l What other information do you know about the stars?

Reading the Practice text: Men on the Moon

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from pages 65–66 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Do you think this is going to be a story or information? How do you know?– What do you think this information text will tell you about?

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 61 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 62: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

62 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension questions.

l What other information do you know about the moon?

l What other information do you know about the men who go into space?

l Why do they need to wear space suits?

l What does “orbit” mean?

l Why do you think the men were sent to the moon?

Moving into writing

l Reread The Sun and the Stars.

l Use information sources (books and the internet) to find information about the moon.

l Begin to write a shared text about the moon, using language like that used in the Teaching text.

l Give the children a template for an electronic fact file about the moon.– Encourage the children to find and copy pictures of the moon.– They can find out and write about the Apollo missions, or any aspects about space

travel that they find interesting.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 62 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 63: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 63

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: What is the name of the planet we live on?

A1: Earth

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the text and to raise their hands when something in the text tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘What’ in the question, and explain that the answers to ‘What’ questions are usually found in the text.

Q2: Which two planets are closer to the sun than we are?

A2: Mercury and Venus

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the relevant part of the text and to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Point out that the question begins with ‘Which’, and remind them that the answers to ‘Which’ questions will be found in the text.

Q3: Why is the Morning Star not a good name for the first star we see?

A3: Because it is a planet (or because we see it in the evening or at night)

Strategy: Ask the children to listen again to the end of the text and to raise their hands when something in the text tells them the answer to the question. Draw their attention to ‘Why’ in the question, and remind them that ‘Why’ asks for a reason so they have to listen to the text and think about their answer.

Whatever Next! – Jill Murphy

Bright Sky, Starry City – Uma Krishnaswami and Aimee Sicuro

Toys in Space – Mini Grey

How to Catch a Star – Oliver Jeffers

One Giant Leap – the Story of Neil Armstrong – Don Brown

Sun, Moon and Stars – Stephanie Turnbull

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 63 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 64: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

64 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Teac

hing

text

: The

Sun

and

the

Star

s Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

W

e ar

e on

a p

lane

t cal

led

.

Eart

h1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to fi

nish

the

sent

ence

.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

2.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

W

e ge

t fr

om th

e su

n.

light

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

writ

e on

the

line.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

3.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

W

e ca

nnot

go

to th

e su

n. It

is to

o a

nd to

o .

far

hot

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch a

re th

e be

st tw

o w

ords

to w

rite

on th

e lin

e.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

4.

Choo

se y

es o

r no.

M

ercu

ry is

a p

lane

t.

M

ercu

ry is

nea

rer t

he s

un th

an E

arth

is.

W

e ca

n go

to M

ercu

ry.

Yes ✓

Yes ✓

No

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

all

the

part

s of

the

ques

tion.

•re

read

eac

h st

atem

ent a

nd d

ecid

e w

heth

er th

e an

swer

is ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

•tic

k ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’ for

eac

h st

atem

ent.

5.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e su

n is

a

.

star

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

writ

e on

the

line.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.Re

min

d ch

ildre

n th

at th

ey d

o no

t hav

e to

read

the

who

le te

xt to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

Th

ey ju

st n

eed

to re

ad th

e pa

rt w

here

they

can

find

the

answ

er.

6.

Whi

ch is

the

first

sta

r you

see

at n

ight

?M

orni

ng S

tar/

Venu

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hat t

he a

nsw

er is

.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 64 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 65: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 65

Men on the Moon

The moon is a long way away.But men have been to the moon.They went in 1969.

The men got into a rocket.10 – 9 – 8 – 7 – 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1Blast off.

The rocket zoomed up and up. It went into outer space. It went into orbit around the moon.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 65 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 66: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

66 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Then, the rocket’s landing craft took the men to the moon.They went down a ladder onto the moon.

The men floated and jumped on the moon.They picked up rocks to bring back with them.

The landing craft left the moon and went back to the rocket.The rocket zoomed back. It landed with a splash down into the sea.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 66 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 67: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 67

Name: Date:

Men on the Moon

Finish the sentences.

1 Men went to the moon in .

2 They got into a . It took off.

3 The rocket went into .

Then it went into around the moon.

4 Tick yes or no.

The rocket landed on the moon.

Yes No

The men went up a ladder to get to the moon.

Yes No

The men picked up rocks from the moon.

Yes No

Finish the sentences.

5 The landing craft went back to the .

6 What did the rocket splash down into?

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 67 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 68: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

68 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 8 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Prac

tice

text

: Men

on

the

Moo

n Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

M

en w

ent t

o th

e m

oon

in

.

1969

(also

acc

ept a

rock

et)

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•de

cide

whi

ch is

the

best

wor

d to

fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

2.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

ey g

ot in

to a

. I

t too

k of

f.

rock

et1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to w

rite

on th

e lin

e.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

3.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ro

cket

wen

t int

o . T

hen

it w

ent i

nto

aro

und

the

moo

n.

(out

er) s

pace

orbi

t1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

are

the

best

two

wor

ds to

writ

e on

the

line.

•re

read

the

text

to c

heck

you

are

righ

t.

4.

Tick

yes

or n

o.

The

rock

et la

nded

on

the

moo

n.

Th

e m

en w

ent u

p a

ladd

er to

get

to th

e m

oon.

Th

e m

en p

icke

d up

rock

s fr

om th

e m

oon.

No

No

Yes ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

all

the

part

s of

the

ques

tion.

•re

read

eac

h st

atem

ent a

nd d

ecid

e w

heth

er th

e an

swer

is ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

•tic

k ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’ for

eac

h st

atem

ent.

5.

Fini

sh th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e la

ndin

g cr

aft w

ent b

ack

to th

e .

rock

et1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hich

is th

e be

st w

ord

to w

rite

on th

e lin

e.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

Rem

ind

child

ren

that

they

do

not h

ave

to re

ad th

e w

hole

text

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

They

just

nee

d to

read

the

part

whe

re th

ey c

an fi

nd th

e an

swer

.

6.

Wha

t did

the

rock

et s

plas

h do

wn

into

?th

e se

a1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

deci

de w

hat t

he a

nsw

er is

.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt to

che

ck y

ou a

re ri

ght.

452572_U8_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 68 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 69: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 69

Unit 9BOOK BAND

YELLOW

Night Travels/Goldilocks and the Three BearsJoe Berger/Abigail Flint

Key text features

Both texts are fiction: one is a fantasy adventure; the other is a retelling of a traditional story.

l The Teaching text is Night Travels by Joe Berger.

l The Practice text is Goldilocks and the Three Bears by Abigail Flint.

Reading the Teaching text: Night Travels

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software for this unit. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for the children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by reading the first line aloud: “This summer, Mum and I visited Earth for our holidays.” Ask questions to establish expectations. E.g.– What is Earth? (Focus on Earth, the planet.)– What kind of people would visit Earth? (E.g. people, aliens from a different planet or

outer space)

l Talk about the kinds of things the visitors might see. Show the children the Teaching text and talk about the pictures together. Can the children identify the aliens? How do they know they are aliens? Read the text together.

l Work through the listening comprehension questions.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Was dressing up as cats a good idea?

l Why do you think Mum and the little alien were scared?

l What might happen next? Why do you think that?

Reading the Practice text: Goldilocks and the Three Bears

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 73 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the Practice text by asking the children to briefly tell each other the story of Goldilocks and the Three Bears. The children should know this traditional tale.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 69 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 70: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

70 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l “The last bowl was perfect.” What do you think this means? What is “perfect” porridge like?

l Which of the chairs do you think looks most comfortable?

l What are the clues in the pictures on the walls that tell you who lives in the house?

Moving into writing

l Revisit Goldilocks and the Three Bears.

l Ask the children to work in groups to continue the story.

l In their groups, encourage them to act out the end of the story, each taking a different role. Allow time for them to swap roles so that they are all confident in each of the roles.

l Encourage the children to work with a response partner from a different group. Find and download images of the rest of the story for them to sequence.

l Ask the children to either write about one of the images you found or to write the rest of the story.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 70 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 71: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 71

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Look at the first picture. Who is “I”?

A1: The young alien

Strategy: Encourage the children to use all the clues they have. We know the speaker is an alien and is travelling with Mum.

Q2: Why did the aliens travel at night?

A2: Earth people are afraid of aliens, and they did not want to scare them.

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Encourage them to look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: Why did the aliens decide to dress up as cats?

A3: So they did not scare the Earth people

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Encourage them to look and listen to find the answer to the question.

The String – Tom Knight

The Three Goats and the Troll – Alison Milford

Pirates to the Rescue series – Tom Easton

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text images (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the text.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 71 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 72: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

72 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Teac

hing

text

: Nig

ht T

rave

ls

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Dad

and

I vi

site

d Ea

rth.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.N

o1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

2.

We

trav

elle

d at

nig

ht.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.Ye

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

3.

We

wen

t to

the

city

at n

ight

.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.N

o1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

4.

We

liked

the

city

.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.Ye

s1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

read

the

text

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•re

mem

ber t

hat y

ou a

re n

ot to

ld th

e an

swer

to th

e qu

estio

n. Y

ou h

ave

to re

ad th

e in

form

atio

n yo

u ar

e gi

ven

and

deci

de w

hat y

ou th

ink

the

answ

er is

.

5.

Choo

se o

ne.

W

e dr

esse

d up

as:

□ c

ards

. □

ca

rts.

□ c

ars.

ca

ts.

cats

. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

read

the

text

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e w

ord

that

mat

ches

the

text

.

6.

“Now

Mum

was

scar

ed.”

“s

care

d” m

eans

the

sam

e as

whi

ch w

ord?

Ch

oose

one

.

□ a

fraid

sa

d

□ c

ross

shou

ting

afra

id ✓

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

find

“Now

Mum

was

scar

ed” i

n th

e te

xt.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

wor

d “s

care

d” m

eans

.•

look

at t

he c

hoic

es in

the

ques

tion.

Tic

k th

e be

st o

ne.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 72 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 73: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 73

Goldilocks and the Three Bears by Abigail Flint

Goldilocks saw three bowls of porridge.The first bowl was too hot.The second bowl was too cold.The last bowl was perfect.Goldilocks ate it all.

Goldilocks saw three chairs.The first chair was too high.The second chair was too low.The third chair was perfect.The chair broke.

Goldilocks saw three beds.The first bed was too hard.The second bed was too soft.The last bed was perfect.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 73 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 74: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

74 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Name: Date:

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Goldilocks and the Three Bears

Use the story and pictures to answer the questions.

1 Goldilocks saw three bowls of corn flakes.

Write Yes or No.

2 The first bowl was too hot.

Write Yes or No.

3 Goldilocks saw three chairs.

Write Yes or No.

4 Goldilocks liked the third chair best.

Write Yes or No.

5 Tick one.

Goldilocks saw three:

baths. birds.

beds. buds.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 74 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 75: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 75

Name: Date:

6 “The last bed was perfect.”

“perfect” means the same as what?

Tick one.

awful just right

bad okay

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 75 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 76: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 9 • BOOK BAND YELLOW

76 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Prac

tice

text

: Gol

dilo

cks

and

the

Thre

e Be

ars

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Gol

dilo

cks

saw

thre

e bo

wls

of c

orn

flake

s.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.N

o1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

2.

The

first

bow

l was

too

hot.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.Ye

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

3.

Gol

dilo

cks

saw

thre

e ch

airs

.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.Ye

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

deci

de if

the

sent

ence

in th

e qu

estio

n te

lls y

ou th

e sa

me

thin

g. If

it d

oes,

you

shou

ld

writ

e ‘Y

es’.

If n

ot, y

ou s

houl

d w

rite

‘No’

.

4.

Gol

dilo

cks

liked

the

third

cha

ir be

st.

W

rite

Yes

or N

o.Ye

s1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

read

the

text

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•re

mem

ber t

hat y

ou a

re n

ot to

ld th

e an

swer

to th

e qu

estio

n. Y

ou h

ave

to re

ad th

e in

form

atio

n yo

u ar

e gi

ven

and

deci

de w

hat y

ou th

ink

the

answ

er is

.

5.

Tick

one

.

G

oldi

lock

s sa

w th

ree:

□ b

aths

. □

bi

rds.

□ b

eds.

bu

ds.

beds

. ✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

tick

the

wor

d th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

6.

“The

last

bed

was

per

fect

.”

“p

erfe

ct” m

eans

the

sam

e as

wha

t?

Ti

ck o

ne.

□ a

wfu

l

ju

st ri

ght

□ b

ad

okay

just

righ

t ✓1a

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

draw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•fin

d th

e se

nten

ce “T

he la

st b

ed w

as p

erfe

ct” i

n th

e te

xt.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

wor

d “p

erfe

ct” m

eans

.•

look

at t

he c

hoic

es in

the

ques

tion.

Tic

k th

e be

st o

ne.

452572_U9_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 76 06/03/19 5:12 PM

Page 77: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND BLUE

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 77

Unit 1FICTION

Unit 10BOOK BAND

BLUE

Key text features

Both texts are non-fiction and contribute to developing the children’s vocabulary and knowledge of the world.

l The Teaching text is North Pole, South Pole by Pip Jones.

l The Practice text is Our Team by Simon Mugford.

Reading the Teaching text: North Pole, South Pole

l What do the children think of when you talk about the North Pole or the South Pole? Group their responses. E.g.– Where these places are– How you might get to these places– Who and what lives at these places

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software for this unit. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for the children to work from if you wish.

l Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

l Show the children the text and look at the pictures. Read through it together.

l Check the children understand that the circular map shows an image of the Earth.– Ask if they can identify any features, e.g. land, sea, ice.– Show the children where the UK is on the map. Ask them if it is closer to the North

Pole or the South Pole.– Talk about scale. Explain that from the UK to the North Pole is over 4,000 km and it is

over 15,000 km to the South Pole.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l If you lived at the North Pole, what kind of clothes do you think you would need to have? Why?

l Do you think it would be more colourful living at the North Pole or the South Pole? Why?

l Where would you rather live: the North Pole or the South Pole? Why?

Reading the Practice text: Our Team

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 81 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children to tell you what the word team means.

l What do the children do in teams?

l What kind of team might the book be about?

North Pole, South Pole/Our TeamPip Jones/Simon Mugford

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 77 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 78: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

78 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have done the comprehension activities.

l Does the child in the text like sports? Explain your answer.

l Why do the football team stretch their arms and legs?

l What does a coach do with a team?

Moving into writing

l Revisit North Pole, South Pole. Point out how the text looks at the same thing in two different places.

l Choose a topic about a different time or place you want the children to focus on, comparing it with the time and place they are familiar with.

l Encourage groups of children to consider different aspects of the time/place you want them to compare with their own experience.

l Ask the children to share what they discovered with other groups so that all the children can consider more than one aspect of comparison.

l Encourage the children to work with a response partner to practise saying some sentences comparing the familiar with the unfamiliar.

l Ask the children to write an information report modelled on North Pole, South Pole, comparing the two times/places.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 78 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 79: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 79

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Where are the coldest places on Earth?

A1: At the top and the bottom/The North Pole and South Pole

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q2: Why can’t birds at the South Pole build nests high in trees?

A2: There are no trees at the South Pole.

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: Polar bears eat fish and seals. Why don’t they also eat penguins?

A3: Penguins only live near the South Pole and polar bears only live near the North Pole.

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Play Outside – Zoë Clarke

Amazing Animation – Ciaran Murtagh

Into the Woods with Barnaby Bear – Lou Kuenzler

Amazing Animal Babies – Kay Barnham

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text images (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the text.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 79 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 80: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

80 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUETe

achi

ng te

xt: N

orth

Pol

e, S

outh

Pol

e Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Whe

re a

re th

e po

les?

Com

plet

e th

e se

nten

ce u

sing

a w

ord

from

the

text

.

Th

e N

orth

Pol

e is

at t

he

of

the

wor

ld.

Th

e So

uth

Pole

is a

t the

o

f th

e w

orld

.

The

Nor

th P

ole

is a

t the

top

of

the

wor

ld.

The

Sout

h Po

le is

at t

he b

otto

m

of th

e w

orld

.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he s

ente

nces

in th

e te

xt.

•co

py th

e w

ords

from

the

text

into

the

gaps

.

2.

Choo

se o

ne.

In

the

Sout

h Po

le, b

irds

mak

e ne

sts:

□ i

n tr

ees.

□ u

nder

the

snow

.

□ o

n ro

ck.

on ro

ck. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

3.

Choo

se o

ne.

In

the

Nor

th P

ole,

peo

ple

live:

□ i

n to

wns

and

citi

es.

□ u

nder

a b

lank

et o

f sno

w.

□ o

n bo

ats.

in to

wns

and

citi

es. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

4.

Whi

ch a

nim

als

live

at th

e So

uth

Pole

?

Ch

oose

two.

□ A

rctic

foxe

s

□ P

engu

ins

□ P

olar

bea

rs

□ W

hale

s

peng

uins

✓w

hale

s ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

5.

Whi

ch a

nim

als

live

at th

e N

orth

Pol

e?

Choo

se tw

o.

□ i

cefis

h

□ p

engu

ins

□ p

olar

bea

rs

□ s

eals

pola

r bea

rs ✓

seal

s ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

6.

Writ

e on

e th

ing

that

is th

e sa

me

at th

e N

orth

Pol

e an

d th

e So

uth

Pole

.Ac

cept

:•

They

are

the

cold

est p

lace

s on

Ea

rth.

•ic

e•

Seal

s and

wha

les l

ive

in th

e se

a.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt fo

r som

ethi

ng th

at is

the

sam

e at

bot

h th

e N

orth

Pol

e an

d th

e So

uth

Pole

.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 80 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 81: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Our Team by Simon MugfordSchool sports

At our school, we play lots of sports. We keep fit by running, jumping and catching.There are five players in our football team. We work together to play the game.

Training

We work as a team to practise our skills – this is called training.Before we start training, we stretch our arms and legs. This stops us getting hurt.If we do get hurt, we must stop playing and get help.Our coach makes us take breaks and drink lots of water too.

How we play

We kick the ball to each other.Players score by getting the ball into the other team’s net. Our goalkeeper tries to stop the ball going in our net.The team that scores the most goals wins.

The big match

Our football team is playing in a big match today.We’ve trained hard.We’ve warmed up.We’ll work together to stop the other team scoring goals.We have a lot of fun playing in a team.

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 81

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 81 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 82: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUE

82 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Name: Date:

Our Team

Use the story and pictures to answer the questions.

1 How many players are in the football team?

Write a word from the text.

2 Tick one.

At school, we:

play lots of sports.

play some sports.

never play sports.

3 Tick one.

When we train, we:

eat lots of food.

practise our skills.

run very fast.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 82 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 83: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Name: Date:

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 83

4 What does our coach make us do when we are training?

Tick two.

Drink water.

Get hurt.

Stretch our arms and legs.

Kick the ball hard.

5 How do you win a game?

Tick two.

Drink water.

Shout loudly.

Score goals.

Stop the other team scoring goals.

6 Write one thing that is good about playing in a team.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 83 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 84: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

84 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 10 • BOOK BAND BLUEPr

acti

ce te

xt: O

ur T

eam

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

How

man

y pl

ayer

s ar

e in

the

foot

ball

team

?

Writ

e a

wor

d fr

om th

e te

xt.

five

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he s

ente

nce

in th

e te

xt. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

•co

py th

e w

ord

from

the

text

.

2.

Tick

one

.

At s

choo

l, w

e:

□ p

lay

lots

of s

port

s.

□ p

lay

som

e sp

orts

.

□ n

ever

pla

y sp

orts

.

play

lots

of s

port

s. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

3.

Tick

one

.

Whe

n w

e tr

ain,

we:

□ e

at lo

ts o

f foo

d.

□ p

ract

ise

our s

kills

.

□ r

un v

ery

fast

.

prac

tise

our s

kills

. ✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e te

xt y

ou w

ill lo

ok fo

r it.

•lo

ok a

t the

text

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t tel

ls th

em.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

4.

Wha

t doe

s ou

r coa

ch m

ake

us d

o w

hen

we

are

trai

ning

?

Tick

two.

□ D

rink

wat

er.

□ G

et h

urt.

□ S

tret

ch o

ur a

rms

and

legs

.

□ K

ick

the

ball

hard

.

Drin

k w

ater

. ✓

Stre

tch

our a

rms

an

d le

gs. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

5.

How

do

you

win

a g

ame?

Ti

ck tw

o.

□ D

rink

wat

er.

□ S

core

goa

ls.

□ S

hout

loud

ly.

□ S

top

the

othe

r tea

m s

corin

g go

als.

Scor

e go

als.

Stop

the

othe

r tea

m s

corin

g go

als.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

6.

Writ

e on

e th

ing

that

is g

ood

abou

t pl

ayin

g in

a te

am.

Acce

pt:

•Yo

u w

ork

toge

ther

.•

You

have

a lo

t of f

un.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

at t

he te

xt fo

r inf

orm

atio

n. D

o no

t rel

y on

per

sona

l exp

erie

nce.

452572_U10_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 84 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 85: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND BLUE

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 85

Unit 1FICTION

My Big Band/There’s a Wise Old OwlTony Mitton/Anonymous

Unit 11BOOK BAND

BLUE

Key text features

Both texts are poems with a clear rhyming structure.

l The Teaching text is My Big Band by Tony Mitton.

l The Practice text is There’s a Wise Old Owl by Anonymous.

Reading the Teaching text: My Big Band

l Introduce the poem by talking about music bands. Ask the children questions. E.g.– Which music bands do you like listening to? Have you ever seen them in concert?– Which musical instruments might you see or hear in a band? What kinds of noises do

the different instruments make?

l Ask the children to mime playing musical instruments such as the drum, the triangle, the cymbals, the recorder and the guitar. Can children make sounds like the different instruments?

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for the children to work from if you wish.

l Show the children the poem and talk about the pictures. Talk about the story the pictures tell.

l Read the poem aloud to the children first, and then read it together as a class. Together, discuss the rhyming structure. If necessary, prompt the children to point out the rhyming words or clap the rhythm.

l Work through the listening comprehension questions.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Which of these instruments have you played? Why?

l Is there any way the band could be quieter? What would have to change?

Reading the Practice text: There’s a Wise Old Owl

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 89 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the poem by showing children pictures and, if possible, a video of owls. You may choose to find a video of owls flying at night to reflect the content of the poem.

l Again, read the poem aloud to the children first, and then read it together as a class. Prompt the children to notice the rhyming structure here too. Encourage them to point out the rhyming words or clap the rhythm.

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 85 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 86: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

86 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Do you think this is happening during the day or at night? Why?

l Where do you think the owl might be flying to at the end of the rhyme?

Moving into writing

l Revisit There’s a Wise Old Owl.

l Together, explore some possible actions to accompany each line of this poem – actions help with memory. Encourage the children to learn to recite the poem from memory if possible, with actions.

l Discuss other animals the children might see sitting in a tree (e.g. squirrel, cat, bird). Together, rework the first few lines of the poem, changing the words to reflect one of these animals.

l E.g.There’s a long-tailed catWith a cold wet noseTwo furry earsAnd claws for its toes

l Ask the children to draw and write lines for a new poem based on There’s a Wise Old Owl.

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 86 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 87: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 87

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Look at the picture. Can you find the names of the instruments in the poem?

A1: (Will depend on the pictures)

Strategy: Ask the children to name the instruments in each picture and to point to the matching word in the text.

Q2: Can you find a sound word and say which instrument made it?

A2: (Any of the word/instruction pairs from the poem)

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: Do you think the children in the band were playing quietly? Why do you think that?

A3: Accept reasonable answers. E.g. No – because they were all playing together./Mum said they had to be quiet./they are all noisy instruments.

Strategy: Explain to the children that the answer is not in the poem; they have to think about the information in the poem and then think about what they know from their own lives.

The Koala Who Could – Rachel Bright

The Orchard Book of Nursery Rhymes – Faith Jaques

Oi Frog! – Kes Gray

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text images (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the text.

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 87 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 88: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

88 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUETe

achi

ng te

xt: M

y Bi

g Ba

nd

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Choo

se o

ne.

Th

e tr

iang

le w

ent:

□ t

ring.

□ t

ing.

□ t

oot.

□ t

ara.

ting.

✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he w

ord

in th

e po

em.

•tic

k th

e w

ord

you

find

in th

e po

em.

2.

Find

the

wor

d th

at c

ompl

etes

this

sen

tenc

e.

‘W

hee’

wen

t the

___

____

____

___.

whi

stle

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e po

em y

ou w

ill lo

ok fo

r it.

•lo

ok fo

r the

sen

tenc

e in

the

poem

. Fill

in th

e ga

p us

ing

a w

ord

from

the

poem

.

3.

Find

the

wor

d th

at c

ompl

etes

this

sen

tenc

e.

‘_

____

____

’ wen

t the

cym

bal.

cras

h1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he s

ente

nce

in th

e po

em. F

ill in

the

gap

usin

g a

wor

d fr

om th

e po

em.

4.

Whi

ch in

stru

men

ts w

ere

in th

e ba

nd?

Ch

oose

two.

□ p

iano

sh

aker

□ v

iolin

tru

mpe

t

□ d

rum

gu

itar

drum

✓tr

umpe

t ✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

.•

read

the

poem

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e te

xt.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

5.

Wha

t did

Mum

say

?“Q

uiet

” 1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he s

ente

nce

in th

e po

em.

•w

rite

your

ans

wer

.

6.

Writ

e on

e w

ord

or p

hras

e to

sho

w h

ow M

um

felt.

Acce

pt:

•fe

d up

•an

gry

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t the

ir m

um/d

ad/c

arer

wou

ld s

ay a

nd fe

el if

all

this

noi

se w

as in

thei

r hou

se.

•re

ad th

e po

em a

gain

, thi

nkin

g ab

out M

um.

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 88 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 89: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 89

There’s a Wise Old Owl by Anonymous

There’s a big-eyed owlWith a pointed nose

Two pointed earsAnd claws for his toes

He sits in a treeAnd looks at you

He flaps his wingsAnd says ‘twit-twoo!’

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 89 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 90: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

90 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

There’s a Wise Old Owl

Use the poem and pictures to answer the questions.

1 Tick one.

The owl is:

wax.

wise.

wet.

wooden.

2 Write a word to complete the sentence.

The owl has for his toes.

3 Write a word to complete the sentence.

The owl sits in a .

4 Write a word to complete the sentence.

The owl says .

Name: Date:

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 90 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 91: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 91

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

5 Which parts of the owl are pointed?

Tick two.

ears

nose

eyes

tail

feet

tummy

6 Draw lines to join the words to the owl. One has been done for you.

Name: Date:

ear

eye

claw

wing

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 91 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 92: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

92 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 11 • BOOK BAND BLUE

Prac

tice

text

: The

re’s

a W

ise

Old

Ow

l Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Tick

one

.

Th

e ow

l is:

□ w

ax.

wet

.

□ w

ise.

w

oode

n.

wis

e. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n in

the

poem

/titl

e.•

tick

the

wor

ds y

ou fi

nd in

the

poem

/titl

e.

2.

Writ

e a

wor

d to

com

plet

e th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ow

l has

___

____

___

for h

is to

es.

claw

s1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e po

em y

ou w

ill lo

ok fo

r it.

•lo

ok fo

r the

info

rmat

ion

in th

e po

em. F

ill in

the

gap

usin

g a

wor

d fr

om th

e po

em.

3.

Writ

e a

wor

d to

com

plet

e th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ow

l sits

in a

___

____

___.

tree

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n in

the

poem

. Fill

in th

e ga

p us

ing

a w

ord

from

the

poem

.

4.

Writ

e a

wor

d to

com

plet

e th

e se

nten

ce.

Th

e ow

l say

s __

____

____

.

“tw

it-tw

oo”

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n in

the

poem

. Fill

in th

e ga

p us

ing

a w

ord

from

the

poem

.

5.

Whi

ch p

arts

of t

he o

wl a

re p

oint

ed?

Ti

ck tw

o.

□ e

ars

eyes

feet

no

se

tail

tum

my

nose

ears

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

poem

you

will

look

for i

t.•

read

the

poem

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e in

form

atio

n th

at m

atch

es th

e po

em.

•re

mem

ber t

o tic

k tw

o.

6.

Dra

w li

nes

to jo

in th

e

wor

ds to

the

owl.

O

ne h

as b

een

done

fo

r you

.

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

look

at t

he w

ords

aro

und

the

pict

ure.

•sc

an th

e po

em fo

r eac

h of

the

wor

ds.

•dr

aw a

line

bet

wee

n ea

ch w

ord

and

the

owl’s

bod

y pa

rt.

ear

eye

claw

win

g

ear

eye

claw

win

g

452572_U11_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 92 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 93: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 93

Unit 1FICTION

Unit 12BOOK BAND

GREEN

Key text features

The texts continue to move towards traditional comprehension, with fewer illustrations and a range of question types, most of which ask the children to write short answers. Both texts are non-fiction information texts about common minibeasts.

l The Teaching text is Minibeasts in the Garden or Park.

l The Practice text is Minibeasts in the Pond.

Reading the Teaching text: Minibeasts in the Garden or Park

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– What is a minibeast? (A small creature) Have you seen any? (E.g. insects, spiders,

snails, etc.)– What do you think this text might be about?– Which minibeasts would you look for in a garden or park?

l Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio. Work through the listening comprehension questions.

l Show the children the text and read it through together.

l Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.

l Most children should be able to do the activity independently.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Is this text fiction or non-fiction? How do you know?

l Why do you think it starts by telling you what a minibeast is?

l How is a bee the same as a butterfly?

l How is a spider different from a daddy-long-legs (or crane fly)? Which is an insect?

l Why do you think gardeners don’t like slugs and snails?

l What did you learn when you read this text?

Minibeasts in the Garden or Park/Minibeasts in the Pond

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 93 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 94: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

94 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Reading the Practice text: Minibeasts in the Pond

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 97 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– What is a minibeast? [A small creature] Have you seen any that like ponds?

[E.g. dragonflies, frogs, tadpoles, etc.]– What do you think this text might be about?– Which minibeasts might you find in a pond?

l Emphasise the safety aspects of looking in or near water, and stress the need for adult supervision.

l Show the children the text and read it through together.

l Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.

l Most children should be able to do the activity independently.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Have you ever seen minibeasts in or near a pond?

l How are dragonflies and butterflies the same?

l What is the difference between a frog and a toad? What is the same?

l What is the difference between a garden snail and a pond snail? What is the same?

l Which pond minibeast would you most like to see?

l Why is it so important to be with an adult if you want to look for minibeasts in or near a pond?

Moving into writing

l Take some minibeast identification books outside with you and do a minibeast hunt in the school grounds. Ask the children to sketch the creatures they find.

l Back in class, ask the children to find out more about the minibeasts they saw.

l Reread Minibeasts in the Garden or Park and talk about the text structure: introduction, followed by headings and short paragraphs.

l Ask the children to plan their text with a response partner. Provide writing frames if necessary.

l Once the children have spoken their planned text aloud, let them decide whether to handwrite their text or to use a computer.

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 94 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 95: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 95

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: What is a minibeast?

A1: A small animal

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the text and to raise their hands when something in the text tells them the answer to the question. Remind them that the answers to ‘What’ questions are usually found in the text. Also remind them that questions are usually asked in the order in which the answers are found in the text.

Q2: How can you tell if a minibeast is an insect or not?

A2: Insects have six legs.

Strategy: Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question.

Q3: Why should you have an adult with you when you look for minibeasts?

A3: Because some minibeasts sting

Strategy: Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Remind the children that ‘Why’ questions need to be answered with an explanation. Tell the children that they need to see if there is an answer in the text before they use their own knowledge of the world; if there is an answer in the text, they should use that.

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

Mad about Minibeasts! – Giles Andreae and David Wojtowycz

Let’s Look for Minibeasts – Caz Buckingham and Andrea Pinnington

Twist and Hop, Minibeast Bop! – Tony Mitton and Guy Parker-Rees

Extending reading

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 95 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 96: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

96 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Teac

hing

text

: Min

ibea

sts

in th

e G

arde

n or

Par

k Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Writ

e th

e na

mes

of t

hree

inse

cts

that

live

in g

arde

ns a

nd p

arks

.An

y th

ree

of a

nts,

flies

, bee

s, bu

tter

flies

, la

dybi

rds.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

care

fully

read

the

ques

tion.

•sc

an th

e te

xt, l

ooki

ng fo

r the

nam

es o

f thr

ee in

sect

s.•

copy

the

nam

es o

f the

inse

cts.

2.

Labe

l the

se p

ictu

res

to s

how

how

an

inse

ct g

row

s.la

rva,

pup

a (c

orre

ctly

labe

lled)

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

look

at t

he p

ictu

res.

•sc

an th

e te

xt fo

r wor

ds th

at n

ame

each

sta

ge in

how

an

inse

ct g

row

s.•

writ

e th

e w

ords

in th

e sp

aces

.

3.

Find

the

spid

er.

spid

er p

ictu

re (w

ith e

ight

legs

) tic

ked

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: d

raw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•us

e th

e he

adin

gs to

dec

ide

whe

re to

look

for i

nfor

mat

ion.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

cho

ose

the

right

pic

ture

.

4.

How

do

mos

t spi

ders

cat

ch th

eir

food

?Th

ey s

pin

stic

ky w

ebs/

in w

ebs.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

use

the

head

ings

to d

ecid

e w

here

to lo

ok fo

r inf

orm

atio

n.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

5.

Wha

t is

the

bott

om s

ide

of a

slu

g ca

lled?

the

foot

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

use

the

head

ings

to d

ecid

e w

here

to lo

ok fo

r inf

orm

atio

n.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

6.

Wha

t hel

ps s

lugs

and

sna

ils to

slid

e ov

er ro

ugh

grou

nd?

They

mak

e a

stic

ky s

lime.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

use

the

head

ings

to d

ecid

e w

here

to lo

ok fo

r inf

orm

atio

n.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 96 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 97: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 97

Minibeasts are very small animals. You can find them outside in a garden, a park, a wood or a pond. There are many different kinds of minibeasts.

Insects

Insects all have six legs. Many insects live in ponds. Water boatmen, whirligig beetles and pond skaters are all insects that live in ponds. Some flying insects, like dragonflies, live in ponds when they are larvae.

Frogs and toads

Frogs and toads are minibeasts. Frogs live in ponds. Toads don’t live in ponds, but they need to live near ponds to lay their eggs. Frogs and toads both lay their eggs in a sticky jelly in ponds. Tadpoles hatch from the eggs. They grow into frogs or toads.

Pond snails

Some snails live in rivers and ponds. Like land snails, pond snails have hard shells that protect them. They can pull their soft bodies inside their shells if they think danger is near. Pond snails eat tiny plants, called algae, as well as dead plants. They help to keep ponds clean and fresh.

You must have an adult with you if you go near a pond to look for minibeasts. If you catch a minibeast, you should always let it go again.

Life cycle of a pond insect

egg

nymph

adult

Minibeasts in the Pond

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 97 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 98: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

98 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

1 Write the names of three insects that live in ponds.

2 Label these pictures to show how a pond insect grows.

3 Circle the frog.

Minibeasts in the Pond

Name: Date:

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 98 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 99: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 99

4 What hatches from a toad’s egg?

5 What does a pond snail do if it thinks danger is near?

6 Why do people like to have pond snails in their ponds?

Name: Date:

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 99 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 100: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

100 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 12 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Prac

tice

text

: Min

ibea

sts

in th

e Po

nd

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Writ

e th

e na

mes

of t

hree

inse

cts

that

live

in p

onds

.w

ater

boa

tmen

, whi

rligi

g be

etle

s, po

nd s

kate

rs1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

scan

the

text

, loo

king

for t

he n

ames

of t

hree

inse

cts.

•co

py th

e na

mes

of t

he in

sect

s.

2.

Labe

l the

se p

ictu

res

to s

how

how

a

pond

inse

ct g

row

s.eg

g, n

ymph

, adu

lt (c

orre

ctly

labe

lled)

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e qu

estio

n.•

look

at t

he p

ictu

res.

•sc

an th

e te

xt fo

r wor

ds th

at n

ame

each

sta

ge in

how

an

inse

ct g

row

s.•

writ

e th

e w

ords

in th

e sp

aces

.

3.

Circ

le th

e fr

og.

frog

(in

pond

) circ

led

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: d

raw

on

know

ledg

e of

voc

abul

ary

to u

nder

stan

d te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•us

e th

e he

adin

gs to

dec

ide

whe

re to

look

for i

nfor

mat

ion.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

cho

ose

the

right

pic

ture

.

4.

Wha

t hat

ches

from

a to

ad’s

egg

?a

tadp

ole

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

use

the

head

ings

to d

ecid

e w

here

to lo

ok fo

r inf

orm

atio

n.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

5.

Wha

t doe

s a

pond

sna

il do

if it

th

inks

dan

ger i

s ne

ar?

It p

ulls

its b

ody

insi

de it

s sh

ell.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

use

the

head

ings

to d

ecid

e w

here

to lo

ok fo

r inf

orm

atio

n.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

6.

Why

do

peop

le li

ke to

hav

e po

nd

snai

ls in

thei

r pon

ds?

They

hel

p to

kee

p po

nds

clea

n.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f non

-fict

ion,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•us

e th

e he

adin

gs to

dec

ide

whe

re to

look

for i

nfor

mat

ion.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e an

swer

.

452572_U12_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 100 06/03/19 5:11 PM

Page 101: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 101

Unit 1FICTION

Unit 13BOOK BAND

GREEN

Lion’s Lunch/The Lion and the Mouse

Key text features

The texts continue to move towards traditional comprehension. The illustrations are supportive of, but not integral to, the text. There is a range of question types, most of which ask the children to write some slightly longer answers. Both texts are familiar fables that feature talking animals and have a moral.

l The Teaching text is Lion’s Lunch.

l The Practice text is The Lion and the Mouse.

Reading the Teaching text: Lion’s Lunch

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Does this sound like a story or an information text? Why?– It is a story. Have you heard a story with a title like this before? What do you

remember about it?– Explain that this story is a retelling, so the writer has heard the story and has written

it again using their own words and adding their own details.– What kinds of creatures would you expect to find in this story?

l Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio.– Show the children the text and read through it together.– Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.– Most children should be able to do the activity independently.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why do you think Lion did not go and get his own lunch?

l Do you think the other animals were kind to Lion, or were they silly?

l Do you think Lion will have any lunch today? Why?

l What will happen if Lioness tries to trick the animals again?

Reading the Practice text: The Lion and the Mouse

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 105 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about the title.– Does this sound like a story or an information text? Why?– It is a story. Have you heard a story with a title like this before? What do you

remember about it?

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 101 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 102: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

102 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

– Explain that this story is a retelling, so the writer has heard the story and has written it again using their own words and adding their own details.

– What kinds of creatures would you expect to find in this story?– Show the children the text and read through it together.– Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.– Most children should be able to do the activity independently.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Why did Lion laugh when Mouse spoke to him?

l Why do you think he decided to let Mouse go?

l Why did Mouse decide to help Lion?

l What could Mouse do to help Lion that Lion couldn’t do himself?

l What can we learn from this story?

Moving into writing

l Reread The Lion and the Mouse.

l Give the children A3 paper divided into six sections. Ask them to think about how they would divide the story up into five or six sections.

l Encourage them to work with a response partner to agree what to draw in each section so that they create a storyboard of the story.

l Ask them to work with a different response partner. Each child should use the storyboard to tell their partner their version of the story. Ask the response partner to say one thing that was done well and one thing that could be improved.

l Ask the children to write their version of the story in their own words.

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 102 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 103: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 103

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: What did Lioness say she was going to do for Lion?

A1: Get him some lunch.

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the story, and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Remind them that the answers to ‘What’ questions are usually found in the text. Also remind them that questions are usually asked in the order in which the answers are found in the text.

Q2: Which was the first animal that Lioness sent to visit Lion?

A2: Zebra

Strategy: Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Remind them that the answer to ‘Which’ questions will usually be found in the text, so they will need to listen carefully to find the answer and choose from different animals.

Q3: Which was the last animal that Lioness tried to get to visit Lion?

A3: Fox

Strategy: Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Remind them that the answer to ‘Which’ questions will usually be found in the text, so they will need to listen carefully to find the answer and choose from different animals.

The Lion and the Mouse – Jerry Pinkney

The North Wind and the Sun – Brian Wildsmith

The Fox and the Crow – Mairi Mackinnon and Rocio Martinez

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 103 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 104: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

104 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Teac

hing

text

: Lio

n’s

Lunc

h Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Who

wen

t to

get s

ome

lunc

h fo

r Li

on?

Lion

ess

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e an

swer

.

2.

Mat

ch w

hat L

ione

ss s

aid

to e

ach

of

the

anim

als.

Zebr

a

Lion

nee

ds h

is fr

iend

s to

vis

it hi

m.

Dee

r Li

on is

feel

ing

sick

.Fo

x

Lion

is n

ot fe

elin

g ve

ry w

ell.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•sc

an th

e te

xt, l

ooki

ng fo

r the

ans

wer

to e

ach

part

of t

he q

uest

ion

sepa

rate

ly.

•w

hen

you

know

eac

h an

swer

, dra

w a

line

to jo

in u

p th

e in

form

atio

n.

3.

Wha

t did

Fox

see

out

side

Lio

n’s

cave

?

W

hat d

id h

e no

t see

?

He

saw

foot

prin

ts g

oing

into

the

cave

.H

e di

d no

t see

foot

prin

ts c

omin

g ou

t.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

bot

h pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whe

re y

ou w

ill fi

nd th

e an

swer

to th

e fir

st p

art o

f the

que

stio

n. R

ead

that

par

t of t

he te

xt a

nd w

rite

the

answ

er.

•de

cide

whe

re y

ou w

ill fi

nd th

e an

swer

to th

e se

cond

par

t of t

he q

uest

ion.

Re

ad th

at p

art o

f the

text

and

writ

e th

e an

swer

.

4.

Why

did

Fox

run

away

?H

e di

d no

t wan

t to

be L

ion’

s lu

nch.

/He

knew

he

was

bei

ng tr

icke

d.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

thin

k ab

out w

here

you

will

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to

answ

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•re

read

that

par

t of t

he te

xt a

nd w

rite

the

answ

er.

5.

Whi

ch a

nim

al d

o yo

u th

ink

was

th

e cl

ever

est?

Why

?Fo

x.H

e w

ould

not

be

tric

ked.

/He

look

ed b

efor

e he

di

d an

ythi

ng./H

e th

ough

t abo

ut w

hat h

e kn

ew.

Or:

Lion

ess.

She

knew

how

to tr

ick

som

e of

the

anim

als.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly. N

ote

that

the

wor

ds ‘d

o yo

u th

ink’

mea

n th

at

the

answ

er is

not

writ

ten

in th

e te

xt. Y

ou h

ave

to w

ork

out w

hat y

ou th

ink

•th

ink

abou

t whe

re y

ou w

ill fi

nd id

eas

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er

the

ques

tion.

rere

ad th

at p

art o

f the

text

and

writ

e w

hat y

ou th

ink.

6.

How

did

Lio

ness

pla

n to

get

Lio

n’s

lunc

h? C

hoos

e on

e.Sh

e pl

anne

d to

tric

k th

e ot

her a

nim

als

so L

ion

coul

d ea

t the

m. ✓

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•re

read

the

text

, thi

nkin

g ab

out L

ione

ss’s

pla

n.•

rere

ad a

ll th

e ch

oice

s in

the

ques

tion

agai

n an

d tic

k th

e be

st a

nsw

er.

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 104 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 105: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 105

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

One day, Lion put his big foot down on a mouse. “Now I have got you,” he said. “I will have you for my lunch.”

“Oh, please don’t eat me, Lion,” said Mouse. “If you let me go, I will help you.”

“How can you help me?” laughed Lion. “I am big and strong, and you are so small.” He laughed and laughed. Then he took his paw off the mouse and Mouse ran away.

“Thank you, Mouse,” he said. “Even though you are little, you could help me. You saved my life.”

“You helped me, Lion,” said Mouse. “Now I will help you.” Mouse took the net in her sharp little teeth. She bit the net and tore it and chewed it. At last there was a big hole in the net and Lion got out.

The Lion and the Mouse

The next day, Lion was trapped in a hunter’s net. He roared and roared, but he couldn’t get out. Then he heard a small voice.

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 105 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 106: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

106 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

The Lion and the Mouse

Use the text and pictures to answer the questions.

1 What did Lion catch for his lunch?

2 Why did Lion let it go? Tick one.

He wasn’t hungry because he had eaten his lunch.

It was too small and he wanted something bigger.

It made him laugh.

3 Why did Lion roar?

4 How did Mouse help Lion?

5 Why do you think the Lion said “thank you” to Mouse?

Name: Date:

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 106 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 107: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 107

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

6 Draw lines to show who did what in the story.

Lion caught Lion in a net.

Mouse let Mouse go.

Hunters helped Lion to get free.

Name: Date:

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 107 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 108: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

108 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 13 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Prac

tice

text

: The

Lio

n an

d th

e M

ouse

Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Wha

t did

Lio

n ca

tch

for h

is lu

nch?

a m

ouse

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e an

swer

.

2.

Why

did

Lio

n le

t it g

o? T

ick

one.

It m

ade

him

laug

h. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whi

ch p

art o

f the

text

you

will

nee

d to

rere

ad to

find

the

answ

er.

•re

read

all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n ag

ain

and

tick

the

best

ans

wer

.

3.

Why

did

Lio

n ro

ar?

He

was

trap

ped

in a

hun

ter’

s ne

t.1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

4.

How

did

Mou

se h

elp

Lion

?Sh

e m

ade

a ho

le in

the

net.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•fin

d in

form

atio

n in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

ans

wer

the

ques

tion.

writ

e th

e an

swer

.

5.

Why

do

you

thin

k th

e Li

on s

aid

“tha

nk y

ou” t

o M

ouse

?Sh

e sa

ved

his

life.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly. N

ote

that

the

wor

ds ‘d

o yo

u th

ink’

mea

n th

at

the

answ

er m

ay n

ot b

e w

ritte

n in

the

text

. You

hav

e to

wor

k ou

t wha

t you

th

ink.

thin

k ab

out w

here

you

will

find

idea

s in

the

text

that

will

hel

p yo

u to

ans

wer

th

e qu

estio

n.

•re

read

that

par

t of t

he te

xt a

nd w

rite

wha

t you

thin

k.

6.

Dra

w li

nes

to s

how

who

did

wha

t in

the

stor

y.Li

on

caug

ht L

ion

in a

net

. M

ouse

le

t Mou

se g

o.

Hun

ters

he

lped

Lio

n to

get

free

.

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•sc

an th

e te

xt, l

ooki

ng fo

r the

ans

wer

to e

ach

part

of t

he q

uest

ion

sepa

rate

ly.

•w

hen

you

know

eac

h an

swer

, dra

w a

line

to jo

in u

p th

e in

form

atio

n.

452572_U13_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 108 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 109: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 109

Unit 14BOOK BAND

GREEN

New Clothes for Alex/A Bun for BarneyMary Dickinson/Joyce Dunbar

Key text features

The texts continue to move towards traditional comprehension. The illustrations are supportive of, but not integral to, the text. There is a range of question types, most of which ask the children to write some slightly longer answers. The texts describe real-life situations. Although the main character in A Bun for Barney is a bear, his situation is one that children will relate to.

l The Teaching text is an extract from New Clothes for Alex by Mary Dickinson.

l The Practice text is A Bun for Barney taken from Barney the Bear by Joyce Dunbar.

Reading the Teaching text: New Clothes for Alex

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for children to work from if you wish.

l Introduce the text by asking the children about their experience of buying clothes.

l Ask the children to predict what the story might be about from the title.– Can they tell you who might be in the story?– Can they tell you where the story might be set?

l Without showing the text, let the children listen to the audio.

l Show the children the text and read through it together.

l Talk about how to show the answer for the different question types.

l Most children should be able to do the activity independently.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l When did Alex start complaining?

l Do you think he looked carefully at all the clothes Mum showed him?

l Why do you think Mum wanted Alex to have some new clothes?

Reading the Practice text: A Bun for Barney

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 113 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the title of the story: A Bun for Barney.

l Explain that Barney the Bear has a bun and other creatures want some of it. Ask the children what they would do in that situation. Would they share the bun or keep it to themselves?

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 109 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 110: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

110 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Was Barney looking forward to eating his bun?

l Can you remember the description of the bun from the text? Would you like a bun like that?

l Barney gave the wasp a cherry. Do you think the other wasps will leave him alone too? What do you think might happen?

Moving into writing

l Reread New Clothes for Alex.

l Ask the children to work in pairs to explore the dialogue in the story. Give them highlighters. Ask them to highlight Alex’s words in one colour and his mother’s words in another.

l Then, ask them to reread the extract as a playscript.

l Back together again, ask the children to tell you some words to describe Alex (e.g. grumpy, cross, angry) and some words to describe his mum (e.g. angry, fed up).

l Ask the children to choose one of the characters to write about. Ask them to explain why the character felt this way. Encourage the children to use words from your list in their writing. Remind them to use capital letters and full stops, and to remember finger spaces. They could write a diary entry written by one of the characters after the shopping day or add speech-bubble text to pictures of the characters.

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 110 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 111: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 111

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Who are the characters in this story?

A1: Alex and his mother/Mum

Strategy: Ask the children to listen to the beginning of the audio to hear again the opening of the story and to raise their hands when something in the story tells them the answer to the question. Remind them that the answers to ‘Who’ questions are people or characters. Also remind them that questions are usually asked in the order in which the answers are found in the text.

Q2: What did Mum do that surprised Alex?

A2: She growled back at him.

Strategy: Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question. Remind them that the answer to ‘What’ questions will usually be found in the text and it will probably be an object or an action.

Q3: Did they find clothes that Alex liked? How do you know?

A3: No, because Alex would not look at any of the clothes. / Yes, because problems are usually solved in stories.

Strategy: Point out that this is a two-part question. The answer to a ‘Did’ question is usually either ‘Yes’ or ‘No’, but the second part is a ‘How’ question, which needs to be answered with an explanation.

Ask the children to think about where in the text they are likely to find the answer. Listen again to that part of the text and ask the children to raise their hands when they hear the answer to the question.

My Two Grannies – Floella Benjamin

The Sports Day – Nick Butterworth and Mick Inkpen

Poppy and Max and Too Many Muffins – Sally Grindley

Alfie and the Big Boys – Shirley Hughes

Big Bad Bun – Jeanne Willis

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text image (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together.

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 111 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 112: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

112 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Teac

hing

text

: New

Clo

thes

for A

lex

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Alex

sai

d he

wan

ted

to g

o ho

me.

Why

? Ch

oose

on

e.Th

ere

wer

e to

o m

any

peop

le. ✓

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whi

ch p

art o

f the

text

you

will

nee

d to

rere

ad to

find

the

answ

er.

•re

read

all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n ag

ain

and

tick

the

best

ans

wer

.

2.

Alex

gav

e hi

s m

othe

r his

ver

y fie

rce

mon

ster

st

are.

Wha

t did

she

do

next

?Sh

e gr

owle

d ba

ck a

t hi

m.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•sc

an th

e te

xt fo

r the

wor

ds “v

ery

fierc

e m

onst

er st

are”

and

car

eful

ly re

ad th

e ne

xt

sent

ence

s, th

inki

ng a

bout

the

answ

er.

3.

Whi

ch c

loth

es d

id M

um a

nd A

lex

look

at?

Ch

oose

thre

e.An

y th

ree

of T

-shi

rts,

swea

ters

, sho

es

or tr

ouse

rs.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•sc

an th

e te

xt, l

ooki

ng fo

r the

nam

es o

f clo

thes

.•

chec

k w

heth

er th

e cl

othe

s ar

e lis

ted

in th

e qu

estio

n.

4.

Wha

t was

in th

e la

st w

indo

w th

ey lo

oked

at?

Trou

sers

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whi

ch p

art o

f the

text

you

will

nee

d to

read

.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

•w

rite

the

answ

er.

5.

Did

Ale

x lik

e sh

oppi

ng fo

r clo

thes

? H

ow d

o yo

u kn

ow?

No.

He

wan

ted

to g

o ho

me.

/He

said

he

wou

ld

not w

ear t

he c

loth

es./

He

said

he

did

not l

ike

anyt

hing

.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad b

oth

part

s of

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

writ

e ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’ to

answ

er th

e fir

st p

art o

f the

que

stio

n.

•re

read

the

text

to fi

nd a

reas

on fo

r you

r ans

wer

.

6.

Do

you

thin

k Al

ex w

ill fi

nd c

loth

es h

e lik

es?

Expl

ain

your

ans

wer

.Ac

cept

an

answ

er

with

a re

ason

able

ex

plan

atio

n. E

.g.

Yes,

beca

use

stor

ies

have

hap

py e

ndin

gs.

No,

bec

ause

he

is n

ot

even

look

ing

at th

e cl

othe

s.

1eQ

uest

ion

focu

s: pr

edic

t wha

t mig

ht h

appe

n on

the

basi

s of w

hat h

as b

een

read

so fa

r.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. Not

e th

at ‘d

o yo

u th

ink’

mea

ns th

at th

e an

swer

mig

ht n

ot

be in

the

text

.•

thin

k ab

out w

hat y

ou k

now

abo

ut A

lex

•re

read

the

text

aga

in, t

hink

ing

abou

t the

que

stio

n.•

writ

e ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’ fol

low

ed b

y an

exp

lana

tion.

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 112 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 113: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 113

A Bun for Barney by Joyce DunbarBarney the Bear had a bun.It was an iced currant bun with five cherries on.Barney said, “An iced currant bun with five cherries on will go down nicely in my tum.” And he settled down to eat his bun.

But before he could take a bite a wasp came whizzing and buzzing.“Will you please go away,” said Barney, “and leave me to eat my bun.”

But the wasp buzzed louder and said, “Yes, if you give me a cherry.”So Barney gave the wasp a cherry.“Oh well,” he said with a sigh, “an iced currant bun with four cherries on is better than a bun with none.”

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 113 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 114: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

114 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

A Bun for Barney

1 What was Barney’s bun like? Tick the best answer.

It was an iced bun.

It was a currant bun.

It was an iced currant bun with cherries on.

It was an iced bun with cherries on.

2 Barney settled down to eat his bun. What came whizzing and buzzing?

3 What did Barney do in this text? Tick three.

He settled down.

He ate a bun.

He ate a cherry.

He had a bun.

He asked a wasp to go away.

4 What did Barney give the wasp to make it go away?

Name: Date:

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 114 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 115: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 115

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

5 Does Barney like buns? How do you know?

6 Do you think Barney will get to eat his bun? Explain your answer.

Name: Date:

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 115 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 116: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

116 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 14 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Prac

tice

text

: A B

un fo

r Bar

ney

Crac

king

the

ques

tion

s

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Wha

t was

Bar

ney’

s Bu

n lik

e? T

ick

the

best

an

swer

.It

was

an

iced

cur

rant

bun

with

ch

errie

s on

. ✓1b

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify/

expl

ain

key

aspe

cts o

f fict

ion,

such

as c

hara

cter

s, ev

ents

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

all

the

part

s of

the

ques

tion

care

fully

. •

deci

de w

hich

par

t of t

he te

xt y

ou w

ill n

eed

to re

ad to

find

the

answ

er.

•re

read

all

the

choi

ces

in th

e qu

estio

n ag

ain

and

tick

the

best

ans

wer

.

2.

Barn

ey s

ettle

d do

wn

to e

at h

is b

un. W

hat

cam

e w

hizz

ing

and

buzz

ing?

a w

asp

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whi

ch p

art o

f the

text

you

will

nee

d to

read

.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

3.

Wha

t did

Bar

ney

do in

this

text

? Ti

ck th

ree.

He

sett

led

dow

n. ✓

He

had

a bu

n. ✓

He

aske

d a

was

p to

go

away

. ✓

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y an

d ex

plai

n th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•ca

refu

lly re

ad a

ll th

e pa

rts

of th

e qu

estio

n.•

scan

the

text

, loo

king

for t

he a

ctio

ns n

amed

in th

e qu

estio

n.•

tick

each

act

ion

whe

n yo

u sp

ot it

.

4.

Wha

t did

Bar

ney

give

the

was

p to

mak

e it

go

aw

ay?

a ch

erry

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y/ex

plai

n ke

y as

pect

s of fi

ctio

n, su

ch a

s cha

ract

ers,

even

ts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•de

cide

whi

ch p

art o

f the

text

you

will

nee

d to

read

.•

find

info

rmat

ion

in th

e te

xt th

at w

ill h

elp

you

to a

nsw

er th

e qu

estio

n.

5.

Doe

s Ba

rney

like

bun

s? H

ow d

o yo

u kn

ow?

Yes.

He

said

it w

ould

go

dow

n ni

cely

in

his

tum

./He

wan

ted

to b

e le

ft

alon

e to

eat

it./H

e ga

ve th

e w

asp

a ch

erry

so

it w

ould

leav

e hi

m

alon

e to

eat

it.

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad b

oth

part

of t

he q

uest

ion

care

fully

. •

writ

e ‘y

es’ o

r ‘no

’ to

answ

er th

e fir

st p

art o

f the

que

stio

n.

•re

read

the

text

to fi

nd a

reas

on fo

r you

r ans

wer

.

6.

Do

you

thin

k Ba

rney

will

get

to e

at h

is b

un?

Expl

ain.

Acce

pt a

n an

swer

with

a

reas

onab

le e

xpla

natio

n. E

.g.

Yes,

beca

use

stor

ies

have

hap

py

endi

ngs.

No,

bec

ause

the

was

p m

ight

com

e ba

ck to

get

ano

ther

che

rry.

1eQ

uest

ion

focu

s: p

redi

ct w

hat m

ight

hap

pen

on th

e ba

sis o

f wha

t has

bee

n re

ad so

far.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly. N

ote

that

‘do

you

thin

k’ m

eans

that

the

answ

er m

ight

not

be

in th

e te

xt.

•th

ink

abou

t wha

t you

kno

w a

bout

Bar

ney

in th

is s

tory

.•

rere

ad th

e te

xt a

gain

, thi

nkin

g ab

out t

he q

uest

ion.

•w

rite

‘yes

’ or ‘

no’ f

ollo

wed

by

an e

xpla

natio

n.

452572_U14_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 116 06/03/19 5:10 PM

Page 117: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

• BOOK BAND GREEN

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 117

Unit 15BOOK BAND

GREEN

Forest School/Summer Coat, Winter CoatCiaran Murtagh/Zoe Clarke

Key text features

Both texts are non-fiction and contribute to developing the children’s vocabulary and knowledge of the world.

l The Teaching text is Forest School by Ciaran Murtagh.

l The Practice text is Summer Coat, Winter Coat by Zoe Clarke.

Reading the Teaching text: Forest School

l Ask the children what they know about Forest School, if anything.– Do they go to Forest School/have they done it at school or another centre?

l Ask the children to think, pair, share some of the things they might find if they went for a walk outside (e.g. sticks, leaves, feathers, stones, snail shells, plants, minibeasts).

l Access a full-colour version of the Teaching text and questions on the Interactive Modelling Software for this unit. You can also download the Teaching text and questions for the children to work from if you wish.

l Share the text with the children and talk about the images. Can children identify what the children are doing in each picture? What might they be finding out?

l Work through the listening comprehension questions.

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l Which of the activities that the children in the text did would you most like to do? Why?

l Do you think children need special clothes to do Forest School?

l What other activities do you think children could do at Forest School? Why would these be fun?

Reading the Practice text: Summer Coat, Winter Coat

l Access the Practice text on the modelling software or download a version that the children can work from. The Practice text can also be photocopied from page 121 for the children to use independently or in pairs.

l Introduce the text by asking the children to tell you how their summer coats are different from their winter coats.

l Talk about animals’ coats. What does this mean? (E.g. hair, fur, feathers)– How might an animal’s summer coat be different from its winter one?

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 117 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 118: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

118 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Talk-about questions

Ask these questions after the children have completed the comprehension activities.

l What do animals’ winter coats need to do that summer coats don’t do?

l What can you tell about animals whose coats turn white for the winter?

l Do you think all animals have a different coat in winter? Why?

Moving into writing

l Ask the children to think about playtime.– What kinds of activities can they do?– Who is there to help them?– Who do they do the activities with?

l Revisit the Forest School text. Point out that the text is divided into short topics, each comprising one or two sentences.

l Let the children work with a response partner to practise saying some sentences for a text about playtime at your school.

l Ask the children to write a text, modelled on Forest School, about playtime at your school

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 118 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 119: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 119

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Listening Comprehension: Questions and Answers

Q1: Where might Forest Schools take place?

A1: Outside, in a garden, park, playground, wood or forest

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q2: Why might you look inside an old tree trunk?

A2: To look for minibeasts

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Q3: What can we use to build a shelter?

A3: Sticks

Strategy: Ask the children whether they think the answer to the question is in the pictures or the writing. How do they know? Let them look and listen to find the answer to the question.

Toys from 100 Years Ago – Isabel Thomas

World Book Day – Anne Glennie

My Super Senses – Isabel Thomas

Flower Power – Judith Heneghan

Extending reading

Use the Teaching text images (either on the modelling software or downloaded) to answer the following listening comprehension questions together. The children will need to see the pictures while they listen to the audio or hear you read the text.

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 119 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 120: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

120 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Teac

hing

text

: For

est S

choo

l Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

Choo

se o

ne.

If

you

wan

t to

“get

clo

se to

nat

ure”

, you

hav

e to

:

□ g

o ou

tsid

e.

read

a b

ook.

□ g

o fo

r a d

rive.

st

ay in

side

.

go o

utsi

de. ✓

1aQ

uest

ion

focu

s: dr

aw o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

look

for t

he w

ords

“get

clo

se to

nat

ure”

and

car

eful

ly re

ad th

e se

nten

ce.

•lo

ok a

t the

cho

ices

in th

e qu

estio

n an

d de

cide

whi

ch o

ne is

bes

t.

2.

Who

tells

the

grou

p w

hat w

e ar

e go

ing

to b

e do

ing

toda

y?th

e le

ader

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t whe

re in

the

text

you

will

find

the

info

rmat

ion.

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e te

xt. W

rite

the

wor

ds fr

om th

e te

xt.

3.

Writ

e tw

o pl

aces

that

the

book

tells

you

to h

unt

for m

inib

east

s.Ac

cept

any

two

of:

•un

der s

tone

s•

unde

r lea

ves

•up

hig

h•

way

dow

n lo

w•

insi

de tr

ee tr

unks

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

. Writ

e tw

o pl

aces

from

the

text

.

4.

Wha

t is

the

first

thin

g to

do

whe

n yo

u he

lp to

bu

ild a

she

lter?

Clea

r som

e sp

ace.

1cQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y th

e se

quen

ce o

f eve

nts i

n te

xts.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

w

ill lo

ok fo

r it.

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e te

xt. W

rite

the

wor

ds fr

om th

e te

xt.

5.

Why

mig

ht a

lead

er li

ght a

fire

? Ch

oose

one

.

□ t

o co

ok fo

od

to

look

nic

e

□ t

o ke

ep w

arm

to m

ake

light

to k

eep

war

m ✓

1dQ

uest

ion

focu

s: m

ake

infe

renc

es fr

om th

e te

xt.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

. Thi

nk a

bout

wha

t it t

ells

you.

•tic

k th

e bo

x th

at e

xpla

ins

the

info

rmat

ion

give

n in

the

text

.

6.

Mat

ch th

e to

ols

with

wha

t the

y he

lp u

s do

.

cutt

ers

ta

p

ham

mer

s sn

ap

poin

ted

stic

ks

dig

cutt

ers

ta

p

ham

mer

s sn

ap

poin

ted

stic

ks

dig

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t whe

re in

the

text

you

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

. Joi

n th

e to

ols

to th

eir a

ctio

ns.

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 120 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 121: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 121

Summer Coat, Winter Coat by Zoe ClarkeWhat’s the weather like outside?

If it’s cold and windy you will need a coat. Some animals have coats too, but they are not like yours.

Some animals change their coats when the seasons change. Just like you, they wear a different coat when it’s cold.

Some animals have coats that turn white in winter.

The Arctic fox and snowshoe hare both have brown summer coats.

Their white winter coats are thick and warm. This colour helps the fox and hare to stay safely hidden in the snow.

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Mountain goats have a short, hairy coat in the summer, which keeps them cool.

In the winter, their hair grows long and thick to keep them warm. In the spring, their long coat falls off.

A ptarmigan’s feathers change colour when the seasons change.

In winter, it grows a white feather coat on its body and feet. The thick feathers on its feet make a snow shoe. This helps the bird walk on snowy ground.

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 121 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 122: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

122 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Summer Coat, Winter Coat

Use the text and pictures to answer the questions.

1 “when the seasons change”

What is a season?

Tick one.

a nice place to visit

a time of year

something you do

something you see

2 When do animals wear a different coat?

3 Write two things about a mountain goat’s summer coat.

4 What colour is an Arctic fox’s coat before it turns white?

Name: Date:

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 122 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 123: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 123

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

5 Why do some animals grow a different coat in winter?

Tick one.

They want to look good.

They need to keep warm.

So they know it is winter.

6 Draw a line from each animal to show how their coats change in winter.

mountain goat fur goes white

Arctic fox gets feathery feet

ptarmigan hair gets long and thick

Name: Date:

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 123 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 124: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

124 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

Prac

tice

text

: Sum

mer

Coa

t, W

inte

r Coa

t Cr

acki

ng th

e qu

esti

ons

Que

stio

nA

nsw

erFo

cus

Stra

tegy

1.

“whe

n th

e se

ason

s cha

nge”

W

hat i

s a

seas

on?

Ti

ck o

ne.

□ a

nic

e pl

ace

to v

isit

□ a

tim

e of

yea

r

□ s

omet

hing

you

do

□ s

omet

hing

you

see

a tim

e of

yea

r ✓1a

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

dra

w o

n kn

owle

dge

of v

ocab

ular

y to

und

erst

and

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

look

for t

he w

ords

“whe

n th

e se

ason

s cha

nge”

.•

care

fully

read

the

sent

ence

with

the

wor

ds.

•lo

ok a

t the

cho

ices

in th

e qu

estio

n an

d de

cide

whi

ch o

ne is

bes

t.

2.

Whe

n do

ani

mal

s w

ear a

diff

eren

t coa

t?“w

hen

it is

col

d”Al

so a

ccep

t:•

whe

n it

is h

ot

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: e

xpla

in k

ey a

spec

ts o

f non

-fict

ion

text

s, su

ch a

s titl

es a

nd in

form

atio

n.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e te

xt y

ou

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

writ

e th

e w

ords

from

the

text

.

3.

Writ

e tw

o th

ings

abo

ut a

mou

ntai

n go

at’s

su

mm

er c

oat.

Acce

pt a

ny tw

o of

:•

It is

sho

rt.

•It

is h

airy

.•

It k

eeps

them

coo

l.

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

w

ill lo

ok fo

r the

info

rmat

ion.

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e te

xt a

nd th

ink

abou

t wha

t it t

ells

you.

•w

rite

the

wor

ds fr

om th

e te

xt. D

on’t

forg

et to

writ

e tw

o th

ings

.

4.

Wha

t col

our i

s an

Arc

tic fo

x’s

coat

bef

ore

it tu

rns

whi

te?

brow

n1c

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

iden

tify

the

sequ

ence

of e

vent

s in

text

s.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e te

xt y

ou

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

writ

e th

e w

ords

from

the

text

.

5.

Why

do

som

e an

imal

s gr

ow a

diff

eren

t coa

t in

win

ter?

Ti

ck o

ne.

□ T

hey

wan

t to

look

goo

d.

□ T

hey

need

to k

eep

war

m.

□ S

o th

ey k

now

it is

win

ter.

They

nee

d to

kee

p w

arm

. ✓1d

Que

stio

n fo

cus:

mak

e in

fere

nces

from

the

text

.Te

ll th

e ch

ildre

n to

:•

read

the

ques

tion

care

fully

.•

thin

k ab

out t

he in

form

atio

n yo

u w

ill n

eed

to fi

nd. T

hink

abo

ut w

here

in th

e te

xt y

ou

will

look

for t

he in

form

atio

n.•

care

fully

read

the

text

and

thin

k ab

out w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

tick

the

info

rmat

ion

that

exp

lain

s th

e in

form

atio

n gi

ven

in th

e te

xt.

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 124 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 125: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 125

Unit 15 • BOOK BAND GREEN

6.

Dra

w o

ne li

ne fr

om e

ach

anim

al to

sho

w h

ow

thei

r coa

ts c

hang

e in

win

ter.

m

ount

ain

goat

fu

r goe

s w

hite

Ar

ctic

fox

gets

feat

hery

feet

pt

arm

igan

ha

ir ge

ts lo

ng a

nd th

ick

mou

ntai

n go

at

fur g

oes

whi

te

Arct

ic fo

x ge

ts fe

athe

ry

feet

ptar

mig

an

hair

gets

long

an

d th

ick

1bQ

uest

ion

focu

s: id

entif

y ke

y as

pect

s of n

on-fi

ctio

n te

xts,

such

as t

itles

and

info

rmat

ion.

Tell

the

child

ren

to:

•re

ad th

e qu

estio

n ca

refu

lly.

•th

ink

abou

t the

info

rmat

ion

you

will

nee

d to

find

. Thi

nk a

bout

whe

re in

the

text

you

will

fin

d it.

•ca

refu

lly re

ad th

e te

xt. T

hink

abo

ut w

hat i

t tel

ls yo

u.•

join

the

anim

als

to h

ow th

eir c

oats

cha

nge.

452572_U15_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 125 06/03/19 5:09 PM

Page 126: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

126 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Assessment Task A

Farm Animals

Teacher notes: Assessment Task A

Use the information below to identify whether each child is working at the expected standard for Year 1 Term 1. Children working at this standard should:

l be secure when reading words using Letter and Sounds phase 2 and 3 digraphs and trigraphs

l be reading Yellow Book Banded reading books (or higher)

l be confident enough with reading the words that they can begin to pay attention to the meaning

l have experiences of reading books with a range of purposes (including stories and non-fiction) and written in a range of styles.

Assessment guidance

Typically, children working at the expected standard will:

l know that some texts tell stories and others give information

l answer questions about the information on a page

l answer ‘how’ and ‘why’ questions when the answer is clear

l use the title of a non-fiction text to make predictions of what it might be about.

Use the list below to identify the content domains that the children are working on in this task.

identify/ explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts such as characters, events, titles and information 1b

predict what might happen on the basis of what has happened so far 1e

Introducing the text

Tell the children they are going to read some information about farm animals.

l Discuss whether they think this text will be a story. Talk about their expectations. Ensure they understand what “information” means and how it is different from a story.– Children who are working below the expected standard may need more experience of reading and looking

at fiction and non-fiction books.– Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to talk about text

features they might expect in a non-fiction text.

l Think, pair, share experiences and knowledge about farm animals.

l Together, make a list of farm animals. Ask the children to name four animals they think might be in a text about farm animals.

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 126 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 127: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 127

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

Reading the text

l Begin with a shared reading of the text, introducing some of the text features and explaining how to read captions and labels. Talk about the function of the arrows pointing from the text to the picture.

l Let the children read the text to a response partner.

l Ask the children if there were any words they didn’t know before they read the text.– All of the words in this text should be decodable by children who are reading securely at phase 3.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to decode the less familiar words.– Those who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to suggest new labels

they could write for these animals.

Talking about the text

l Compare the children’s predictions about which animals might be in the text to the reality of the text.

l Ask the children to look at the picture of two of the animals. Ask them to tell you something that is the same about them and something that is different.

l Ask the children questions about the text, such as the following.– Which animal stays with the farmer at night? Where do you think it sleeps? Why?– Which animals have hooves? How do you know?– Which animal has a coat of wool? How do you know?

l Ask response partners to talk about the text and to ask each other questions.

l Ask the children whether there was anything they didn’t understand.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to respond to questions about

what they have read, even if they can repeat the words.

Answering the written questions

Distribute copies of the text and the task sheet. Ask the children to write their names.

Tell the children that you will all answer the questions together. You will tell them what they need to do and then they can have a go. Emphasise that they are allowed to use words and information from the text in their answer.

1. This is a .

Draw lines from the label to the part of the animal. (1b)

Ask the children to write the name of the animal on the line.

They should then read the labels and draw lines joining the words to the correct part of the animal. Remind them to look at the text to find the information they need.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to locate the name of the animal on the page. See whether they can finish the sentence orally and tell you what each of the labels refers to.

2. Tick the animal that has wool for its coat. (1b)

Read the question aloud to the children and model finding and recording the information requested.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to find the information requested on the page. Point out the emboldened text. Can they read it? Can they match it to words in the non-fiction text? Can they answer the questions orally?

3. Tick the animal that has an udder. (1b)

Ask the children to work independently to answer the question.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to find the information requested on the page. Point out the emboldened text. Can they read it? Can they match it to words in the non-fiction text? Can they answer the questions orally?

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 127 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 128: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

128 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

4. Tick the animal that can run and bark. (1b)

Ask the children to work independently to answer the question.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to find the information requested on the page. Point out the emboldened text. Can they read it? Can they match it to words in the non-fiction text? Can they answer the questions orally?

5. Draw lines to show where the animals spend the night. (1b)

Read the whole question to the children. Together, model and complete the box on the left, joining the animals to the place they spend the night.

Ask the children to complete the right-hand box themselves.

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 128 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 129: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 129

Sheep GoatSheep have coats of wool. Goats go maaa.

They go into a pen at night. They go into a shed at night.

Dog CowDogs can run and bark. Cows go moo.

They are with the farmer at night. They go to the barn at night.

It has a short tail.

It has a tail.

This is a hoof.

It has a beard.

It has horns.

It has ears. It has ears.

It has ears.

It has four legs. It has a tail. This is an udder. This is a hoof.

It has wool on its legs.

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 129 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 130: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

130 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

Read the text, then answer the questions.

1 This is a .

Draw lines from the label to the part of the animal.

2 Tick the animal that has wool for its coat.

3 Tick the animal that has an udder.

beard

horn

hoof

Name: Date:

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 130 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 131: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 131

4 Tick the animal that can run and bark.

5 Draw lines to show where the animals spend the night.

in a shed

in a pen

with the farmer

in a barn

Assessment Task A • FARM ANIMALS

Name: Date:

452572_AA_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 131 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 132: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Assessment Task B •

132 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Assessment Task B

Martha’s Night

Teacher notes: Assessment Task B

Use the information below to identify whether each child is working at the expected standard for Year 1 Term 2. Children working at this standard should:

l be secure when reading words using Letter and Sounds phases 2, 3 and 4 graphemes and be developing some knowledge and skills in phase 5

l be confident in reading Blue Book Banded reading books (or higher)

l with support, know when meaning has been lost and reread the text to repair understanding when asked to do so

l be confident enough with reading the words that they can pay increased attention to the meaning

l have experiences of reading texts with a range of purposes (including stories and non-fiction) and written in a range of styles. They can talk about what they like about a text.

Assessment guidance

Typically, children working at the expected standard will be able to:

l know that events are linked in a story

l find specific pieces of information in response to questions

l answer ‘how’ and ‘why’ questions when the answer is clear

l know whether an event happened before or after another event

l answer simple ‘how’ or ‘why’ questions that explore a character’s motivations and feelings.

Use the list below to identify the content domains that the children are working on in this task.

identify/explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts such as characters, events, titles and information 1b

make inferences from the text 1d

Introducing the text

Tell the children they are going to read a story about a little girl who is camping in her garden.

l Discuss the children’s experiences and knowledge of camping. Have any of them ever been inside a tent?

l Think, pair, share experiences or knowledge of tents, dens and other temporary structures.– Children who are working below the expected standard may need support to stay on topic and to limit their

conversations to tents and camping.– Those who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to predict the kinds of

events that might happen in a story about camping.

Reading the text

l Begin with a shared reading of the text, introducing the characters and vocabulary, and clarifying the relationship between the pictures and the texts.

l Let the children read the text to a response partner.

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 132 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 133: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 133

l Ask the children if there were any words they didn’t know before they read the text.– All of the words in this text should be decodable by children who are reading securely at phase 4.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to decode the less familiar words,

nor read all of the common exception words.– Those who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to reproduce and spell

some of these trickier words.

Talking about the text

l Compare the children’s predictions about what might happen with the events in the story.

l Ask the children to look at the first picture and the last picture and tell you what has changed. Can some of them also tell you what happened in between these pictures?

l Ask the children questions about the text, such as the following.– Do you think this story takes place in summer or winter? Why?– Do you think Martha was looking forward to sleeping in the tent at the beginning of the story?

l Ask response partners to talk about the text and to ask each other questions.

l Ask the children whether there was anything they didn’t understand.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to respond to the story as a whole;

they may only be able to talk about each individual frame of the story.– Children who working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to use the pictures to retell the

story to each other, perhaps adding in extra details.

Answering the written questions

Distribute copies of the text and the task sheet. Ask children to write their names.

Draw their attention to question 4. Explain that they need to join the dots to show the beginning and end of sentences about the text.

Tell the children that they can try as much of the task as they feel able to. Emphasise that they are allowed to use words and information from the text in their answers.

1. Dad and Martha went to sleep in a . (1b)

Write the word from the text to finish the sentence.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to locate the word ‘tent’ on the page. See whether they can finish the sentence orally, using just the pictures.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to write the word from memory, segmenting it to spell. Encourage them to check the spelling with the word on the page.

2. In the night, Martha felt a on her . (1b)

Write two words from the text to finish the sentence.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to locate the words ‘drip’ and ‘hand’ on the page. See whether they can finish the sentence orally, using just the pictures.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to write the words from memory, segmenting them to spell. Encourage them to check the spelling with the word on the page

3. Tip was Martha’s . Pickles was Martha’s . (1b)

Write two words from the text. These exact sentences are not in the text, and nor are they adjacent to each other, so the question is slightly more stretching.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in relating the sentences in the question to those in the text.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be ready to be taught to scan the text for the names of the animals.

Assessment Task B • MARTHA’S NIGHT

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 133 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 134: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

134 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task B • MARTHA’S NIGHT

4. Join the dots. (1b)

Join the dots to complete the sentences. The information is found in three different chunks of text.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in tackling this question, both in terms of its layout and the reading required. Support them with finding one piece of information at a time.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be quickly able to locate the passages of text they will need to read in order to find the answer.

5. In the end, Martha went to get into her bed because . (1d)

Finish the sentence using information from the text. This question may stretch many children because it requires a level of inferential thought but, more importantly, it needs the children to identify information and then organise their thoughts into a sentence.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in tackling this question. They may be able to demonstrate understanding orally but there may be some difficulty in organising the words to make a sentence.

Children who are working at the expected standard may need to work with a response partner to agree the way they want to word the sentence.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be quickly able to locate the information in the text and then reshape it in their answer.

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 134 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 135: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 135

Assessment Task B • MARTHA’S NIGHT

“It will be hot tonight,” said Dad. “Let’s sleep in a tent.”

Martha said, “But I think there will be a storm.”

“No,” said Dad. So they put up the tent.

In the night, Martha felt a drip on her hand. She got up and went out of the tent. There was a storm and it was raining. Her feet got wet.

Martha felt a scratch on her left leg. She bent down. It was Tip, the cat.

She felt a peck on her right leg. It was Pickles, the chicken. “Ow, Pickles. That hurt!” she said.

Martha’s Night

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 135 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 136: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

136 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task B • MARTHA’S NIGHT

Then she trod on a stick. It had a thorn on it. Her foot began to bleed.

“I will not sleep the rest of the night in the garden,” she said. “It is too wet and there are things that hurt me. I am going to get into my bed.”

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 136 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 137: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 137

Assessment Task B • MARTHA’S NIGHT

Name: Date:

Read the text, then answer the questions.

1 Dad and Martha went to sleep in a .

2 In the night, Martha felt a

on her .

3 Tip was Martha’s . Pickles was

Martha’s .

4 Draw lines to show what happened.

Tip hurt Martha’s • • foot.

Pickles hurt Martha’s • • right leg.

The thorn hurt Martha’s • • left leg.

5 In the end, Martha went to get into her bed because

.

452572_AB_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 137 06/03/19 5:03 PM

Page 138: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

138 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

Assessment Task C

Are You New to Newts?

Teacher notes: Assessment Task C

Use the information below to identify whether each child is working at the expected standard for Year 1 Term 3. Children working at this standard should:

l read accurately by blending sounds in words containing grapheme-phoneme correspondences that have been taught

l be confident in reading Green or Orange Book Banded reading books (or higher)

l be able to make simple inferences and predictions based on what they have read

l be able to self-monitor when reading to show awareness that what they have read doesn’t make sense, and reread the text to correct the error

l be able to talk about texts with a range of purposes (including stories and non-fiction) and written in a range of styles. They can talk about what they like and dislike about a text.

Assessment guidance

Typically, children working at the expected standard will be able to:

l find specific pieces of information in response to questions, even when the information is presented in different formats

l explain their understanding of a text clearly

l refer to the text to recite the main points in sequence

l link events in a text and answer questions about the order of events.

Use the list below to identify the content domains that the children are working on in this task.

identify/explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts such as characters, events, titles and information 1b

identify and explain the sequence of events in texts 1c

Introducing the text

Tell the children they are going to read an information text called Are You New to Newts?

l Discuss the children’s prior knowledge of newts. Do any of them know what a newt is? Show them images from the text or from other non-fiction sources (such as a book or the internet).

l Ask them what kind of information they would expect in a text called Are You New to Newts?– Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in distinguishing between stories

and information texts.– Those who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to predict the kinds of

information the text might contain.

l Think, pair, share words to describe the newts they are shown.

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 138 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 139: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 139

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

Reading the text

l Begin with a shared reading of the text, introducing the layout. Discuss the headings and talk about how they can help you to find information quickly. If the children are unfamiliar with diagrams to show life cycles, explain what they represent.

l Let the children read the text to a response partner.

l Ask the children if there were any words they didn’t know before they read the text.– All of the words in this text should be decodable by children who are reading securely at phase 5.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to decode the less familiar words,

nor read all of the common exception words.– Those who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to blend and read some

of the less familiar words.

Talking about the text

l Compare the children’s predictions about what might be included in the text with the information given. Were their predictions accurate?

l Ask the children questions about the text, such as the following.– How are newts and frogs the same? How are they different?– Where do newts live in the summer? Why do they need to be in water in the summer?– Where do newts live in the autumn? What do they eat?– Why do you think all the headings are questions?

l Ask response partners to talk about the text and to ask each other questions.

l Ask the children whether there was anything they didn’t understand.– Children who are working below the expected standard may not be able to respond to the text as a whole,

and may not make links between different pieces of information.– Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to use the headings

to move swiftly around the text to find answers and ask their own questions.

Answering the written questions

Distribute copies of the text and the task sheet. Ask children to write their names.

You should use your professional judgement to determine which of the children should work independently, who might work in pairs and who you want to work with as a guided group.

Look together at the task sheet and talk about how they should answer each of the questions.

l Questions 1 and 2 need single-word answers.

l Questions 3 and 4 need to have a box ticked.

l Questions 5 and 6 need a few words or a short sentence.

Tell the children that they can try as much of the task as they feel able to. Emphasise that they should use words and information from the text in their answers.

1. Which animal do newts look like? (1b)

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to understand which part of the text to look at. Remind them that most questions are in the same order as the text.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to write the word from memory, segmenting it to spell. Encourage them to check the spelling with the word on the page.

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 139 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 140: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

2. When do newts come out to eat? (1b)

Write the word from the text to answer the question.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need additional help to understand which part of the text to look at. Remind them that most questions are in the same order as the text.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be able to write the answer from memory. Encourage them to check their answer with the text.

3. How do newts keep their eggs safe? Tick one. (1b)

Reread the text, reread all the options, then tick a box.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in reading some of the words in the options. They may be confused by having different options to choose from. Show them how to read the text first, then compare the information they have just read with the options.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may easily find the relevant information by looking at the headings and remembering which option to choose.

4. In this text, what is a larva? Tick one. (1b)

This question is about developing vocabulary. The children should look for the word “larva” in the text, reread all the options and tick a box.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in learning to scan for a word. Teach them to look for a pattern of letters in the word.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be quickly able to scan the text, locate the word and understand its meaning.

5. Look at the life cycle. What happens after the adult newt? (1c)

The question expects an answer that is more than one word, but isn’t necessarily a full sentence. There are several different possible answers to the question. The children are asked to find information in a diagram and record their answer in a linear text.

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in tackling this question. First check that they understand how to read the life cycle. Then ask them to work orally to find the answer to the question. They may need help in phrasing their answer.

Children who are working at the expected standard may need to work with a response partner to agree the way they want to word their answer.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be quickly able to locate the information in the text and then independently reshape it in their answer.

6. Write one way in which an adult newt is different from a newly hatched newt. (1c)

The question expects an answer that is more than one word, but isn’t necessarily a full sentence. There are several different possible answers to the question. The children are asked to find information, then organise their ideas to reword and record their answer.

140 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 140 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 141: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 141

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

Children who are working below the expected standard may need support in tackling this question. They may be able to demonstrate understanding orally but there may be some difficulty in organising the words to make a sentence.

Children who are working at the expected standard may need to work with a response partner to agree the way they want to word the sentence.

Children who are working at greater depth within the expected standard may be quickly able to locate the information in the text and then reshape it in their answer.

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 141 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 142: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

142 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Are You New to Newts?You have probably seen a frog, but have you ever seen a newt? They look a bit like little dragons.

Where do newts live?In the summer, newts live in ponds. For the rest of the year, they live under logs and rocks. Newts rest in the daylight and come out at night to eat.

What do newts eat?Newts eat animals that are smaller than they are, such as insects and worms. In the summer, they also eat frog tadpoles.

How are newts born?A newt lays two or three eggs every day in the summer, until it has laid about 200 eggs. They lay their eggs in pond water. They wrap each egg up in a leaf to keep it safe.

How do newts grow?A newly hatched larva has a head like the adult newt, but its body looks more like a tadpole. As the larva grows, its arms and legs appear and the fin on its tail starts to disappear.

Life cycle of a newt

adult newt

growing larva

a newly hatched larva

a newt egg

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 142 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 143: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page 143

Read the text, then answer the questions.

1 Which animal do newts look like?

2 When do newts come out to eat?

3 How do newts keep their eggs safe? Tick one.

They sit on their eggs to keep them warm.

They lay their eggs in mud at the bottom of ponds.

They wrap each of their eggs in its own leaf.

They lay their eggs in jelly so animals won’t like the taste.

4 In this text, what is a larva? Tick one.

a caterpillar a young insect

a young frog a young newt

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 143 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 144: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

144 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 You may photocopy this page

Assessment Task C • ARE YOU NEW TO NEWTS?

5 Look at the life cycle. What happens after the adult newt?

6 Write one way in which an adult newt is different from a newly hatched newt.

452572_AC_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 144 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 145: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 145

Answers

Children should be awarded 1 mark for each question answered correctly.

Assessment Task A: Farm Animals 1. Lines should be drawn to show:

beard

horn

hoof

2.

3.

4.

5.

in a shed

in a pen

with the farmer

in a barn

Assessment Task B: Martha’s Night1. Dad and Martha went to sleep in a tent.

2. In the night, Martha felt a drip on her hand.

3. Tip was Martha’s cat. Pickles was Martha’s chicken.

4. Join the dots.

Tip hurt Martha’s • • foot.

Pickles hurt Martha’s • • right leg.

The thorn hurt Martha’s • • left leg.

5. In the end Martha went to get into her bed because:

it was too wet and there were things that hurt her.

she couldn’t sleep.

or something similar.

Assessment Task C: Are you New to Newts?

1. dragons

2. at night/night time

3. They wrap each of their eggs in its own leaf. ✓

4. a young newt ✓

5. Answers should acknowledge that adult newts lay eggs and the life cycle begins again.

6. Answers may include: it is bigger, it has legs, it has a longer body, it has scales, it is thicker. Award marks for those suggestions that make sense where the children have looked closely at the life cycle image.

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 145 07/03/19 6:55 PM

Page 146: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

146 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

CONTENT DOMAIN COVERAGE

Reference Description National Curriculum content domain1a draw on knowledge of vocabulary to understand

texts2a – drawing on what they already know or on background information and vocabulary [provided by the teacher]

1b identify/explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts, such as characters, events, titles and information

4 – explain clearly their understanding of what is read [to them]

2b – retrieving and recording information and identifying key details from fiction and non-fiction

1c identify and explain the sequence of events in texts 2c – discussing the significance of the title and events

1d make inferences from the text 2d – making inferences on the basis of what is being said and done

1e predict what might happen on the basis of what has been read so far

2e – predicting what might happen on the basis of what has been read so far

Unit Letters and Sounds Phase Book Band Features1

2

3

1

2

3 – developing

Lilac Pink Pink

‘Look and Listen’

These texts teach the comprehension skills of finding information, sequencing and predicting without requiring children to read.

(Content domains 1b, 1c and 1e)

4

5

6

3 – secure

4 – developing

Red Children select simple sentences to match a picture.

(Content domains 1a, 1b and 1d)

7

8

9

4 – secure

5 – developing

Yellow Appropriate text with one-word or multiple choice answers.

(Content domains 1a, 1b, 1c and 1d)

10

11

Blue Appropriate text with multiple choice and short answer questions (content domain 1b)

12

13

14

15

5 – secure Green Appropriate text with a range of layouts for short-answer questions

(Content domains 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d and 1e)

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 146 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 147: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019 147

Teach and Practice

Look and Listen Book Band Red Book Band Yellow

Content domain Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Unit 5 Unit 6 Unit 7 Unit 8 Unit 9

The

Gin

gerb

read

Man

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

The

Thre

e Bi

lly G

oats

Gru

ff (P

ract

ice

text

)

Sam

and

Mis

ty (T

each

ing

text

)

Cat a

nd M

ouse

(Pra

ctic

e te

xt)

Very

Litt

le R

apun

zel (

Teac

hing

text

)

Bal P

uts

His

Sho

es O

n (P

ract

ice

text

)

Zack

’s M

oon

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

Tess

’s P

ool (

Prac

tice

text

)

The

Farm

yard

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

Tim

’s V

an (P

ract

ice

text

)

Wha

t Can

You

See

by

the

Sea?

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

How

Doe

s It

Fee

l? (P

ract

ice

text

)

The

Sick

Dra

gon

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

Skip

and

the

Shar

k (P

ract

ice

text

)

The

Sun

and

the

Star

s (T

each

ing

text

)

Men

on

the

Moo

n (P

ract

ice

text

)

Nig

ht T

rave

ls (T

each

ing

text

)

Gol

dilo

cks

and

the

Thre

e Be

ars

(Pra

ctic

e te

xt)

1a draw on knowledge of vocabulary to understand texts

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1b identify/explain key aspects of fiction and non-fiction texts, such as characters, events, titles and information

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1c identify and explain the sequence of events in texts

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1d make inferences from the text

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1e predict what might happen on the basis of what has been read so far

✓ ✓

CONTENT DOMAIN COVERAGE

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 147 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 148: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

148 Cracking Comprehension Year 1 Teaching and Assessment Guide © Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019

CONTENT DOMAIN COVERAGE

Assessment TasksBook Band Blue Book Band Green

Unit 10 Unit 11 Unit 12 Unit 13 Unit 14 Unit 15 A B C

Nor

th P

ole,

Sou

th P

ole

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

Our

Tea

m (P

ract

ice

text

)

My

Big

Band

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

Ther

e’s

a W

ise

Old

Ow

l (Pr

actic

e te

xt)

Min

ibea

sts

in th

e G

arde

n or

Par

k (T

each

ing

text

)

Min

ibea

sts

in th

e Po

nd (P

ract

ice

text

)

Lion

’s L

unch

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

The

Lion

and

the

Mou

se (P

ract

ice

text

)

New

Clo

thes

for A

lex

(Tea

chin

g te

xt)

A Bu

n fo

r Bar

ney

(Pra

ctic

e te

xt)

Fore

st S

choo

l (Te

achi

ng te

xt)

Sum

mer

Coa

t, W

inte

r Coa

t (Pr

actic

e te

xt)

Farm

Ani

mal

s

Mar

tha’

s N

ight

Are

You

New

to N

ewts

?

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1a

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1b

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1c

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1d

✓ ✓ ✓ 1e

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 148 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 149: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Notes

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 149 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 150: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Notes

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 150 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 151: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

Notes

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 151 06/03/19 5:02 PM

Page 152: CRACKING - Garlinge Primary · BOOK BAND BLUE Unit Teaching/Practice Title Page 10 Teaching text North Pole, South Pole – Pip Jones 77 Practice text Our Team – Simon Mugford 81

AcknowledgementsThe Publishers would like to thank the following for permission to reproduce copyright material.

Text acknowledgementsP22 Very Little Rapunzel by Teresa Heapy, illustrated by Sue Heap. Published by Red Fox. Reprinted by permission of The Random House Group Limited. © 2017; p27 Bal Puts His Shoes On by Zoe Clarke; p45 What Can You See by the Sea? by Lou Kuenzler; p49 How Does It Feel? By Simon Mugford; p69 Night Travels by Joe Berger reproduced by permission of David Higham Associates; p73 Goldilocks and the Three Bears by Abigail Flint; p77 North Pole, South Pole by Pip Jones (Copyright © Pip Jones, 2016) Reproduced by permission of A M Heath & Co. Ltd. Authors’ Agents.; p81 Our Team by Simon Mugford; p85 My Big Band by Tony Mitton by permissions of David Higham Associates; p109 New Clothes for Alex by Mary Dickinson with the permission of the author; p113 A Bun for Barney by Joyce Dunbar. Reproduced by permission of The Agency (London) Ltd © Joyce Dunbar, 1987.; p117 Forest School by Ciaran Murtagh; p121 Summer Coat, Winter Coat by Zoe Clarke.

Image acknowledgements© p49 Valentina Proskurina/Shutterstock (top); Denis Kuvaev/Shutterstock (centre), hxdbzxy/Shutterstock (bottom); p50 Lorenzooooo/Shutterstock; p121 alejandromcb/Shutterstock (top left); Andrew Astbury/Shutterstock (centre left); nialat/Shutterstock (centre right); David Osborn/Shutterstock (bottom); p129 Inna Astakhova/Shutterstock (top left); p129 photomaster/Shutterstock (top right); p129 Eric Isselee/Shutterstock (bottom left and right); p142 Dorling Kindersley RF/Getty Images Ltd.

Every effort has been made to trace all copyright holders, but if any have been inadvertently overlooked, the Publishers will be pleased to make the necessary arrangements at the first opportunity.

Although every effort has been made to ensure that website addresses are correct at time of going to press, Rising Stars cannot be held responsible for the content of any website mentioned in this book. It is sometimes possible to find a relocated web page by typing in the address of the home page for a website in the URL window of your browser.

Hachette UK’s policy is to use papers that are natural, renewable and recyclable products and made from wood grown in sustainable forests. The logging and manufacturing processes are expected to conform to the environmental regulations of the country of origin.

Orders: please contact Bookpoint Ltd, 130 Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SE. Telephone: (44) 01235 400555. Email [email protected]

Lines are open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday to Saturday, with a 24-hour message answering service. Visit our website at www.risingstars-uk.com for details of the full range of Rising Stars publications.

Online support and queries email: [email protected]

ISBN: 978 1 5104 5257 2

Text, design and layout © 2019 Rising Stars UK LtdFirst published in 2019 by Rising Stars UK Ltd Rising Stars UK Ltd, part of the Hodder Education Group, An Hachette UK Company Carmelite House50 Victoria EmbankmentLondon EC4Y 0DZ

www.risingstars-uk.com

Impression number 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Year 2022 2021 2020 2019

All rights reserved. Apart from any use permitted under UK copyright law, the material in this publication is copyright and cannot be photocopied or otherwise produced in its entirety or copied onto acetate without permission. Electronic copying is not permitted. Permission is given to teachers to make copies of pages marked ‘© Rising Stars UK Ltd 2019. You may photocopy this page’ for classroom distribution only, to pupils within their own school or educational institution. The material may not be copied in unlimited quantities, kept on behalf of others, distributed outside the purchasing institution, copied onwards, sold to third parties, or stored for future use in a retrieval system. This permission is subject to the payment of the purchase price of the book. If you wish to use the material in any way other than as specified you must apply in writing to the Publisher at the above address.

Author: Kate RuttlePublisher: Laura WhiteCover and text design: Helen TownsonIllustrations by Emily SkinnerEditorial: Rachel Nickolds, Kirsty Taylor, Becca Law, Jennie Clifford, Estelle Lloyd

Typesetting: Aptara Inc. Printed in the United KingdomA catalogue record for this title is available from the British Library.

452572_ANS_Crack_Comp_2e_Y1.indd 152 06/03/19 5:02 PM